Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Devices / NanoVibronix, Inc.

NanoVibronix, Inc.

naov · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker naov
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Devices
Employees 1-10
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · NanoVibronix, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

[X] QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019

OR

[  ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission File Number: 001-36445

NanoVibronix, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

525 Executive Blvd. Elmsford, New York
(Address of principal executive office)

01-0801232
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

10523
(Zip Code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (914) 233-3004

Title of each class
Common stock, par value $0.001 per share

Trading Symbol
NOAV

Name of each exchange on which registered
NASDAQ Capital Market

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12
months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [  ]

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  every  Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted  pursuant  to  Rule  405  of  Regulation  S-T  (§
232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes [X] No [  ]

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  a  smaller  reporting  company  or  an  emerging  growth
company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer

[  ]
[  ]

Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company

[  ]
[X]
[X]

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial
accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. [  ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes [  ] No [X]

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s Common Stock as of May 18, 2020 was 4,313,764 shares.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The registrant incorporates by reference in Part III (Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14) of this Form 10-K portions of its Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2020 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders, which shall be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXPLANATORY NOTE

As previously reported by NanoVibronix, Inc. (the “Company”) in its Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on March 30,
2020 (the “March 8-K”), as amended by the Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed with the SEC on April 3, 2020, in accordance with the SEC’s Order under Section 36 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Granting Exemptions From Specified Provisions of the Exchange Act and Certain Rules Thereunder dated March 4, 2020 (Release No. 34-
88318) (as modified on March 25, 2020 by Release No. 34-88465, the “Order”), the Company disclosed that it was relying on the relief provided by the Order in connection
with the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 (the “Report”) due to the circumstances related to coronavirus or COVID-19.
The Company’s principal operating facility is located in Israel and most of its employees are residents of Israel. Israel has been impacted by the COVID-19 outbreak, resulting
in authorities implementing numerous measures to try to contain the virus, such as travel bans and restrictions, quarantines, shelter in place orders, and shutdowns. In particular,
the  Company’s  office  staff  members  responsible  for  preparing  and  providing  supporting  materials  and  information  to  the  third-party  auditor  and  the  Company’s  third-party
accountants and tax professionals are located in Israel, and COVID-19 and the resulting government measures have caused disruptions in the Company’s normal interactions
with among such persons. Because of the Israeli government-mandated quarantine, the Company’s staff and third-party audit personnel are at that time and are still working
remotely, which led to a significant delay in the Company’s ability to provide relevant materials and other information to its third-party audit personnel to complete the audit for
the year ended December 31, 2019. In addition, the Company filed a Notification of Late Filing on Form 12b-25 filed on May 14, 2020. We were unable to file this Annual
Report on the extended March 14, 2020 due date because (i) of the impact of COVID-19 as disclosed above and (ii) of management's devoting significant time and attention to
assessing and responding to the impact of COVID-19.

 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

PART I

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements,” which include information relating to future events, future financial performance, financial
projections, strategies, expectations, competitive environment and regulation. Words such as “may,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue,” “expects,”
“anticipates,” “future,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates,” and similar expressions, as well as statements in future tense, identify forward-looking statements. Forward-
looking statements should not be read as a guarantee of future performance or results and may not be accurate indications of when such performance or results will be achieved.
Forward-looking statements are based on information we have when those statements are made or management’s good faith belief as of that time with respect to future events,
and  are  subject  to  risks  and  uncertainties  that  could  cause  actual  performance  or  results  to  differ  materially  from  those  expressed  in  or  suggested  by  the  forward-looking
statements. Important factors that could cause such differences include, but are not limited to:

Favorable or unfavorable decisions about our products from government regulators, insurance companies or other third-party payers.

The delisting of our common stock from the NASDAQ Capital Market.
The geographic, social and economic impact of COVID-19 on the Company’s business operations.
The timing of clinical studies and eventual U.S. Food and Drug Administration approval of our product candidates.

● Our ability to continue as a going concern.
●
●
●
● Regulatory actions that could adversely affect the price of or demand for our approved products.
● Market acceptance of existing and new products.
●
● Our intellectual property portfolio.
● Our ability to recruit and retain qualified regulatory and research and development personnel.
● Unforeseen changes in healthcare reimbursement for any of our approved products.
●
● Difficulties in maintaining commercial scale manufacturing capacity and capability.
● Our ability to generate internal growth.
● Changes in our relationship with key collaborators.
● Changes in the market valuation or earnings of our competitors or companies viewed as similar to us.
● Our failure to comply with regulatory guidelines.
● Uncertainty in industry demand and patient wellness behavior.
● General economic conditions and market conditions in the medical device industry.
●
● Depth of the trading market in our common stock.

Future sales of large blocks of our common stock, which may adversely impact our stock price.

Lack of financial resources to adequately support our operations.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The foregoing does not represent an exhaustive list of matters that may be covered by the forward-looking statements contained herein or risk factors that we are faced
with that may cause our actual results to differ from those anticipated in our forward-looking statements. Please see “Item 1A. Risk Factors” for additional risks which could
adversely impact our business and financial performance. Moreover, new risks regularly emerge, and it is not possible for us to predict or articulate all risks we face, nor can we
assess the impact of all risks on our business or the extent to which any risk, or combination of risks, may cause actual results to differ from those contained in any forward-
looking statements. All forward-looking statements included in this Form 10-K are based on information available to us on the date hereof. Except to the extent required by
applicable  laws  or  rules,  we  undertake  no  obligation  to  publicly  update  or  revise  any  forward-looking  statement,  whether  as  a  result  of  new  information,  future  events  or
otherwise.

Unless the context otherwise indicates or requires, the terms “we,” “our,” “us,” “NanoVibronix,” and the “Company,” as used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K,
refer to NanoVibronix, Inc. and its subsidiaries as a combined entity, except where otherwise stated or where it is clear that the terms mean only NanoVibronix, Inc. exclusive
of its subsidiaries.

Overview

We were organized as a Delaware corporation in October 2003. Through our wholly-owned subsidiary, NanoVibronix Ltd., a private company incorporated under the
laws  of  the  State  of  Israel,  we  focus  on  noninvasive  biological  response-activating  devices  that  target  biofilm  prevention,  wound  healing  and  pain  therapy  and  can  be
administered at home, without the assistance of medical professionals. Our primary products, which are in various stages of clinical and market development, currently consist
of:

● UroShield™, an ultrasound-based product that is designed to prevent bacterial colonization and biofilm in urinary catheters, increase antibiotic  efficacy  and  decrease

pain and discomfort associated with urinary catheter use;

●

PainShield™, a patch-based therapeutic ultrasound technology to treat pain, muscle spasm and joint contractures by delivering a localized ultrasound effect to treat pain
and induce soft tissue healing in a targeted area; and

● WoundShield™, a patch-based therapeutic ultrasound device intended to facilitate tissue regeneration and wound healing by using ultrasound to increase local capillary

perfusion and tissue oxygenation.

Each of our PainShield, UroShield, and WoundShield products employs a small, disposable transducer that transmits low frequency, low intensity ultrasound acoustic
waves  that  seek  to  repair  and  regenerate  tissue,  musculoskeletal  and  vascular  structures,  and  decrease  biofilm  formation  on  urinary  catheters  and  associated  urinary  tract
infections. Through their size, effectiveness and ease of use, these products are intended to eliminate the need for technicians and medical personnel to manually administer
ultrasound treatment through large transducers, thereby promoting patient independence and enabling more cost-effective home-based care.

PainShield is currently cleared for marketing in the United States by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration although to date there has not been a significant sales and
marketing effort. All three of our products have CE Mark approval in the European Union, and a certificate allowing us to  sell  PainShield,  UroShield  and  WoundShield  in
Israel. We are able to sell PainShield, UroShield and WoundShield in India and Ecuador based on our CE Mark. We have consummated sales of PainShield and UroShield in
the relevant markets, although to date sales have been minimal; WoundShield has not generated significant revenue to date. Outside of the United States we generally apply,
through our distributor, for approval in a particular country for a particular product only when we have a distributor in place with respect to such product.

In  the  United  States,  PainShield  requires  a  prescription  from  a  licensed  healthcare  practitioner.  If  U.S.  Food  and  Drug Administration  clearance  is  obtained,  we
anticipate that WoundShield and UroShield will require a prescription from a licensed healthcare practitioner in the United States. We anticipate that UroShield will be sold
directly  to  health  care  facilities  and  therefore  will  not  require  a  prescription  for  these  venues.  However,  in  other  countries  in  which  we  sell  PainShield,  UroShield,  and
WoundShield,  such  products  are  eligible  for  sale  without  a  prescription.  We  are  working  toward  a  new  PainShield  510(k)  submission  which  would  potentially  remove  the
requirement for a prescription.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  addition  to  the  need  to  obtain  regulatory  approvals,  we  anticipate  that  sales  volumes  and  prices  of  our  UroShield,  PainShield,  and  WoundShield  products  will
depend in large part on the availability of insurance coverage and reimbursement from third party payers. Third party payers include governmental programs such as Medicare
and Medicaid in the United States, private insurance plans and workers’ compensation plans. We do not currently have reimbursement codes for use of WoundShield in any of
the markets in which we have regulatory authority to sell WoundShield. Of the markets in which we have regulatory authority to sell PainShield, prior to January 2020, we only
had reimbursement codes in the United States (i.e., CPT codes) for clinical use only. Effective as of January 2020, the U.S. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS)
approved our PainShield™ for reimbursement for Medicare beneficiaries on a national basis. We were notified on March 30, 2020 that our Medicare Enrollment Application
was approved, and we are now an approved Medicare Supplier for Durable Medical Equipment, or DME, through the National Supplier Clearinghouse, Palmetto-GBA as well
as  Noridian Administrative  Services,  LLC,  the  two  Medicare Administrative  Contractors  that  handle  DME  reimbursement  nationwide.  PainShield  is  currently  available  for
Medicare reimbursement on a national level under new HCPCS (Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System) code K1004. With respect to UroShield, which may be used
in a clinical and home setting, we do not currently have reimbursement codes in any of the markets in which we have regulatory authority to sell UroShield. We anticipate that
we will begin to seek reimbursement codes for use of our products in the markets in which we have regulatory authority to sell such products; however, additional clinical data
will be required in order to obtain such reimbursement codes. Our current ongoing research and planned research may facilitate our ability to obtain reimbursement codes and
there is no guarantee that we will be successful in obtaining such codes quickly, or at all. We have engaged a reimbursement expert, Redemption Revenue Cycle Solutions,
LLC, to help facilitate private insurance reimbursement.

We  have  completed  six  separate  clinical  studies  with  UroShield  that  together  evaluated  approximately  194  patients  with  urinary  catheters.  In  patients  where  the
UroShield product was used there were no serious adverse events reported, while a variety of clinical beneficial observations were seen including: catheter biofilm reduction,
reduction in catheter associated pain, reduction in urinary tract infections, and a significant decrease in bacteriuria rates. We recently completed a double blind clinical trial for
UroShield in the United States. The results of the study, entitled “The Effect of Surface Acoustic Waves on Bacterial Load and Preventing Catheter-Associated Urinary Tract
Infections (CAUTI) in Long Term Indwelling Catheters,” were published in the December 2018 issue of Medical & Surgical Urology, a peer-reviewed journal in the field of
urology. In the study, 55 patients in a skilled nursing facility chain treated with long term indwelling catheters were evaluated. There was a significant difference between the
treated  group  and  the  placebo  group  in  the  number  of  colony  forming  units  (“CFU”)  present  upon  evaluation,  as  well  as  on  the  number  of  treated  urinary  tract  infections
(“UTI”), and the effect lasted beyond the time of active treatment. The study concluded that the UroShield™ device was shown to be effective in significantly reducing the
number of CFUs in patients with indwelling catheters. The study also concluded that the UroShield™ device was shown to be effective in reducing the number of treated UTIs
in this patient population, and surface acoustic waves in the form of the UroShield™ device is an effective tool in the prevention of catheter-associated UTI and while further
evaluation is encouraged, can be safely utilized with a high likelihood of success. In July 2017, we engaged Idonea Solutions, Inc., an FDA consultant, to assist in our efforts to
obtain  510(K)  clearance.  If  we  are  successful,  we  intend  to  pursue  obtaining  reimbursement  codes  and  to  target  completion  of  partnerships  with  leading  catheter  product
companies  for  sales  and  marketing  efforts  in  the  United  States.  The  Company  has  entered  into  recent  distribution  partnerships  for  UroShield  in  the  United  States,  U.K.,
Switzerland, Israel and India.

In addition, we continue to expand our clinical development and marketing efforts in North America with respect to PainShield. In February 2018, we completed a
clinical trial to evaluate the effect of PainShield in patients with trigeminal neuralgia. The double blinded, crossover trial was conducted across the United States and included
59 patients with a diagnosis of unilateral trigeminal neuralgia. Among the 59 patients, 30 were in the active treatment group and 29 were in the control group. The values which
were assessed include Visual Analog Scale (“VAS”) pain score, both baseline prior to trial and VAS pain score at the end of the study. The study also assessed breakthrough
medications  per  week  at  the  start  of  the  trial  and  breakthrough  medications  per  week  at  the  end  of  the  trial,  with  a  particular  focus  on  the  use  of  opioids.  Breakthrough
medications are used for chronic pain directly related to the pre-existing trigeminal neuralgia condition. There was a significant difference in the outcomes of the two groups
relative to pain, quality of life, and breakthrough medications taken, which was directly correlated to pain experienced during treatment. Specifically, the control group saw an
improvement in baseline scores of 2.3% versus the treatment group, which saw a 55.2% improvement in baseline scores. Additionally, the control group saw a reduction in
breakthrough pain medication of 1.5% versus the treatment group, which saw a 46.4% reduction in breakthrough pain medication.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In 2019, the Company has completed a study which was intended to assess the PainShield’s ability to effectively treat Lateral Epicondylitis (Tennis Elbow). This is a

double blinded, randomized control trial. The study has been completed and awaiting submission to an appropriate journal. The interim results were reported as follows:

●

●

70% of patients using PainShield experienced complete resolution or significant improvement in symptoms without the use of opioids; and

PainShield had no adverse events or complications and was deemed both safe and effective.

The Company has entered into distribution partnerships for PainShield in the United States, Israel, India, Italy, United Kingdom, and Switzerland.

WoundShield has been evaluated in two published clinical studies done to-date that suggest improved localized blood flow and oxygenation, and improved topical
oxygen  saturation  (Morykwas  M,  “Oxygen  Therapy  with  Surface  Acoustic  Waveform  Sonication,”  European  Wound  Management  Association  2011;  Covington  S,
“Ultrasound-Mediated Oxygen Delivery to Lower Extremity Wounds,” Wounds 2012; 24(8)). We supplied devices for these studies but had no further involvement with them.
We are pursuing licensing opportunities to develop commercial markets for the WoundShield product.

The  Company  executed  a  license  agreement  for  WoundShield®  with  Sanuwave  Health,  Inc.  (“Sanuwave”)  for  the  manufacture  and  delivery  of  its  WoundShield®

technology. The agreement was executed on March 27th, 2020.

Under the terms of the agreement, NanoVibronix will receive 100,000 warrants of Sanuwave stock, a $250,000 milestone payment based on FDA approval, and 10%
royalty on Sanuwave’s gross revenues from sales or rentals of WoundShield. In return, Sanuwave has received the worldwide, exclusive rights to the Company’s WoundShield
product and technology. In addition, Sanuwave will bear the costs and clinical validation responsibilities associated with obtaining approval for WoundShield from the U.S.
Food and Drug Administration and other regulatory agencies around the world.

Recent Developments

Effective  as  of  January  2020,  the  U.S.  CMS  has  approved  our  PainShield™  for  reimbursement  for  Medicare  beneficiaries  on  a  national  basis. We  were  notified  on
March  30,  2020  that  our  Medicare  Enrollment  Application  was  approved,  and  we  are  now  an  approved  Medicare  Supplier  for  DME  through  the  National  Supplier
Clearinghouse, Palmetto-GBA as well as Noridian Administrative Services, LLC, the two Medicare Administrative Contractors that handle DME reimbursement nationwide.
PainShield is currently available for Medicare reimbursement on a national level under new HCPCS (Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System) code K1004, as discussed
above.

In March 2020, we signed a license agreement with Sanuwave Health, Inc. for the manufacture and delivery of our WoundShield technology. Under the terms of the
agreement, we will receive warrants to purchase 100,000 shares of Sanuwave stock, a $250,000 milestone payment based on receipt of U.S. Food and Drug Administration
approval,  and  10%  royalty  on  Sanuwave’s  gross  revenues  from  sales  or  rentals  of  WoundShield.  In  return,  Sanuwave  has  received  the  worldwide,  exclusive  rights  to  our
WoundShield product and technology. In addition, Sanuwave will bear the costs and clinical validation responsibilities associated with obtaining approval for WoundShield
from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and other regulatory agencies around the world, as discussed above.

Business Model

All of our products consist of a reusable controller device and a disposable component, or transducer. The controllers have a life expectancy of up to three years, while
the disposable transducer has a life expectancy of up to a month and must be replaced to provide the intended therapy. The components are purchased by either the distributor or
end user for use in any of the intended applications. Once the controller is purchased by the end user, recurring revenue will be realized by purchases of replacement transducers
to the extent that the end user continues treatment with our product.

Our  products  are  intended  to  be  distributed  both  by  independent  distributors  as  well  as  by  potential  licensees.  Distributor  cost  is  discounted  to  account  for  their
intended margins, based upon purchase volumes and/or periodic purchase commitments, with the disposable transducer sold and distributed in the same fashion. We currently
have an established distributor network and are implementing certain criteria within such network to ensure the appropriate assignment of a distributor or licensee. We also
intend to add additional distributors to our network.

In August 2019, we established our first license agreement with Medisana, Inc. (“Medisana”) with a total of 1,500 devices that was shipped to Medisana directly from
China, in April 2020. The devices were designed to carry the product labeling specific to the Medisana brand, with the product name of PT100. The product labeling includes
the words, “PAINSHIELD Ultrasonic therapy, Medisana”. All instructions for use and packaging are specific to Medisana.

Ultrasound Technology and Our Products

As noted above, our primary products are based on the use of low frequency ultrasound, which delivers energy through mechanical vibrations in the form of sound

waves. Ultrasound has long been used in physical therapy, physical medicine, rehabilitation and sports medicine.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our proprietary technology consists of a small, thin (1 millimeter) transducer that is capable of transmitting ultrasonic acoustic waves onto treatment surfaces with a
radius of up to 10 centimeters beyond the transducer. This technology allows us to treat wounds by implanting our transducers into a small, portable self-adhering acoustic
patch, thereby eliminating the need for technicians and medical personnel to manually administer ultrasound therapy, which should reduce the cost of therapy. Moreover, we
believe that, based upon the body of evidence, the delivery of ultrasound through our portable devices is equal to or more effective than existing competitive products, as our
technology is better positioned to target the affected areas of the body.

While there are currently a number of products on the market that treat pain through ultrasound therapy, we believe that our products differentiate themselves because
they are portable, without the requirement to be plugged into an outlet and they have a frequency of 100kHz (in contrast to other devices, which have a frequency of 1MHz),
which means our products do not produce heat that can damage tissue. Our products can therefore (i) be self-administered by the patient without the need to be moved about the
treated area by the patient or a clinician, (ii) be applied for a significantly longer period without the risk of tissue damage and (iii) do not require the use of gel. We are aware of
one competitive product with similar ultrasound technology, the SAM® Sport4 by a company called Zetroz Systems LLC, aka ZetrOz, Inc. However, it is our belief that this
product does not generate surface acoustic waves as our products do, the treatment area is generally limited to that of the transducer’s diameter, the use of transmission gel is
still required and the transducer thickness is significantly greater than ours (approximately 1.5cm). To our knowledge, the device only provides a battery life of 4 hours and is
continuous therapy versus intermittent therapy.

There has been an article published in 2019 on SAM® Sport4 regarding clinical evidence demonstrating that ultrasound dose timing (i.e. daily treatment) and duration
significantly impact benefits and treatment results, we are aware of a prospective randomized, double-blinded, placebo-controlled study on the effects of the long-duration low-
intensity ultrasound treatment using SAM® Sport4 suggesting that ultrasound may be used as a conservative non-pharmaceutical and non-invasive treatment option for patients
with knee osteoarthritis.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  general,  ultrasound  offers  the  benefits  by  increasing  local  blood  circulation,  increasing  vascular  wall  permeability,  promoting  protein  secretion,  promoting
enzymatic  reactions,  accelerating  nitric  oxide  production,  promoting  angiogenesis  (the  formation  of  new  blood  vessels  from  pre-existing  vessels)  and  promoting  fibroblast
proliferation (fibroblasts are a type of cell that play a critical role in wound healing). We believe that the body of evidence, and the positive therapeutic effect that ultrasound has
for various indications, potentially provides for future product development opportunities for us.

Our proprietary technology consists of a small, thin (1 millimeter) transducer that is capable of transmitting ultrasonic acoustic waves onto treatment surfaces with a
radius of up to 10 centimeters beyond the transducer. This technology allows us to treat wounds by implanting our transducers into a small, portable self-adhering acoustic
patch, thereby eliminating the need for technicians and medical personnel to manually administer ultrasound therapy, which should reduce the cost of therapy. Moreover, we
believe that, based upon the body of evidence, the delivery of ultrasound through our portable devices is equal to or more effective than existing competitive products, as our
technology is better positioned to target the affected areas of the body.

Traditional ultrasound device and our portable ultrasound patch-based device and a comparison of their energy distribution, where the X-axis represents treatment surface and
the Y-axis represents ultrasound energy penetration depth within tissue.

In a comparison of a traditional ultrasound device and our portable ultrasound patch-based device, the bulk wave conventional ultrasound machines with handheld
transducers distribute the energy deeply into the body, as shown above in diagram (A) on the left. In comparison, our device distributes the energy on the surface, as shown in
diagram (B), thereby meaningfully increasing the treatment area. Our transducers may also be incorporated into treatment patches, including patches that are designed to deliver
medicine and other compounds through the skin. The generation and delivery of low frequency ultrasound over a period of time to a specific area has been termed “targeted
slow-release  ultrasound”.  We  believe  that  this  delivery  method  of  ultrasound  may  be  comparable  to  that  of  slow  release  medication  in  the  pharmaceutical  industry.  This
“targeted slow-release” capability is intended to allow for more frequent targeting of the intended treatment area and thus may result in a more effective therapeutic response.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Micro Vibrations Technology and Our Products

It is well established that increasing blood flow to the wound and peri-wound area helps accelerate the healing of ischemic wounds. Micro-vibrations applied on the
skin  tissue  increase  local  blood  flow  and  oxygen  delivery  to  the  wound  area  and  stimulate  angiogenesis  and  growth  factors  that  are  helpful  for  the  wound  healing  process.
Vibration therapy has been found to stimulate blood flow due to mechanical stresses of endothelial cells resulting in increased production of nitric oxide and vasodilation, as
well as increase soft tissue and skin circulation. (Maloney-Hinds et al., “The Role of Nitric Oxide in Skin Blood Flow Increases due to vibration in healthy adults and adults
with type 2 diabetes,” School of Medicine, Loma Linda University. Ca. Diabetes Technology & Therapeutics, 2009 p. 39-43). In addition, micro vibrations induce skin surface
nerve axon reflex and type IIa muscle fibers contraction rates, resulting in vasodilation (Nakagami et al., “Effect of vibration on skin blood flow in an in vivo microcirculatory
model”, The University of Tokyo, Bio-Science Trends 2007; 1 (3): 161-166). Ten minutes of vibration therapy with laser doppler revealed a consistent increase in water content
of  the  upper  dermis  (TJ  Ryan  et  al.,  “The  effect  of  mechanical  forces  (vibration  or  external  compression)  on  the  dermal  water  content  of  the  upper  dermis  and  epidermis,
assessed  by  high  frequency  ultrasound”,  Oxford  Wound  Healing  Institute,  Journal  of  Tissue  Viability,  2001.  In  another  study,  mean  blood  flow  increase  was  higher  in  the
vibration group than the placebo group. Improvements in local blood flow may be beneficial in the therapeutic alleviation of pain or other symptoms resulting from acute or
chronic  injuries  (C.  Button  et  al.,  “The  effect  of  multidirectional  mechanical  vibration  on  peripheral  circulation  of  humans”,  University  of  Otago  New  Zealand,  Clinical
Physiology  and  functional  Imaging,  2007  27,  p211-216). A  study  on  the  effect  of  whole  body  vibration  on  lower  extremity  skin  blood  flow  suggests,  that  short  duration
vibration alone significantly increases lower extremity skin blood flow, doubling skin blood for a minimum of 10 minutes following treatment (Lohman et al., “The effect of
whole body vibration on lower extremity skin blood flow in normal subjects”, Department of Physical Therapy, Loma Linda university, USA, Med Sci Monit, 2007; 13(2) 71-
76). Vibration has also been shown to stimulate angiogenesis and growth factors such as vascular endothelial growth factor (Suhr F et al., “Effects of short-term vibration and
hypoxia  during  high  intensity  cycling  exercise  on  circulating  level  of  angiogenic  regulators  in  humans”,  J  Appl  Physiol,  2007,  103:474-483,.  Yue  Z.  et  al.,  “On  the
cardiovascular  effects  of  whole-body  vibration  I.  Longitudinal  effects:  hydrodynamic  analysis”,  Studies Appl  Math,  2007,  119:95-109).  Of  import  with  respect  to  diabetic
wounds, in which a prolonged inflammatory phase occurs, vibration vasodilation has generated an indirect anti-inflammatory action, mainly by suppression of nuclear factor-
kβ, the key gene for inflammatory mediators (Sackner, M.A., “Nitric Oxide is released into circulation with whole-body, periodic acceleration”, Chest 2005;127;30-39).

Urinary  catheter  usage  is  associated  with  pain  and  discomfort  caused  by  the  friction  between  the  catheter  surface  and  the  urethral  tissue.  Generally,  this  friction  is
treated by applying lubricating gels and low friction catheter coatings. These methods are effective for a short term during the catheter insertion as the lubricating gel is quickly
absorbed into the surrounding tissue and loses its effect and the catheter coatings lose their lubricity within a few days, as the coating is covered by a thin film of mucous.

Our UroShield product provides vibrations along the surface of the urinary catheter that is in contact with urethral tissue. We believe that these vibrations create a
continuous acoustic lubrication effect along the surface of the indwelling catheter that is in contact with the surrounding tissue, thus reducing catheter-tissue contact time, which
may  lessen  trauma  from  urethra  abrasion  and  adhesion.  We  have  also  shown  in  animals  and  in  humans  that  the  micro-vibration  technology  can  reduce  the  level  of  biofilm
formation on urinary catheters.

Our Products

Product Design, Packaging, Identity

All products have been redesigned with an updated look and improved performance. These new designs were coupled with new branding, packaging, instructional
manuals, and marketing materials. Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2019, our manufacturers in China have commenced producing the redesigned products for distribution and
delivered their first completed units in April 2020.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UroShield

UroShield  is  intended  to  prevent  bacterial  colonization  and  biofilm  formation,  increase  antibiotic  efficacy  in  the  catheter  lumen  and  decrease  pain  and  discomfort
associated with urinary catheter use. It is designed to be used with any type of indwelling urinary catheter regardless of the material or coating. We believe that if it is approved
by the FDA for marketing, UroShield could be the first medical device on the market that attempts to simultaneously address all of the aforementioned catheter-related issues.
UroShield is similar in design to WoundShield and PainShield, in that it uses a driver unit that produces low frequency, low intensity ultrasound. The driver unit connects to a
disposable transducer that is clipped onto the external portion of the catheter to deliver ultrasound therapy to all catheter surfaces as well as the tissue surrounding the catheter.

We believe the UroShield system has the following advantageous effects:

Picture of UroShield with actuator

●

Prevention or Reduction of Biofilm.  The  low  frequency  ultrasound  generated  by  UroShield  has  been  shown  to  decrease  adherence  of  bacteria to  catheter  surfaces,
thereby reducing biofilm. Biofilm is the complex matrix required for bacteria to grow and cause infection. See the discussion of our Heidelberg 1 trial below.

● Decreased Catheter Associated Pain and Discomfort. We believe that UroShield creates an acoustic envelope on the surfaces of the catheter, which decreases friction
and tissue trauma, pain and discomfort caused by the catheter. In addition, in vivo (rabbit) studies have shown the tissue in contact with the catheter remains healthier
and  less  traumatized  as  a  result  of  the  application of  low  frequency  and  low  intensity  ultrasound  (Applebaum  I,  et.al.,  “The  Effect  of Acoustic  Energy  Induced  By
UroShield on Foley Catheter Related Trauma and Inflammation in a Rabbit Model” Department of Urology, Shaarey Zedek Medical Center and the Hadassah Hebrew
University Medical School).

● Acoustically Augmented Antibiotic Therapy.  Antibiotic resistance in biofilm bacteria is a well-known phenomenon. Although it has been  known that ultrasound can
increase  antibiotic  efficacy  in  in-vitro  models,  we  do  not  believe  that  there  has  been  a  practical ultrasound-based  medical  device  that  was  able  to  augment  antibiotic
efficacy  in  the  clinical  setting.  In  a  clinical  study, UroShield  technology  has  been  shown  to  eradicate  biofilm-residing  bacteria  by  greater  than  85%  when  applied
simultaneously with an antibiotic in three clinically relevant species, escherichia coli, staphylococcus epidermidis and pseudomonas aeruginosa (Banin E, et al., “Surface
acoustic waves increase the susceptibility of Pseudomonas aeruginosa biofilms to antibiotic treatment,” Biofouling, August 2011; we supplied devices for this study, but
had no further involvement with it).

●

Preservation of the Patency of Catheters. We believe that low frequency ultrasound applied to catheters will add an anti-clogging effect  and will preserve patency of
catheters. This effect is achieved by ultrasound waves creating an acoustic layer on the inner lumen of the urinary catheter, thereby preventing adherence of biological
material and biofilm formation. We believe that this anti-clogging benefit will help prevent local infection and sepsis secondary to catheter obstruction.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UroShield  has  undergone  a  number  of  clinical  trials.  The  Heidelberg  1  trial,  which  we  sponsored,  was  a  22  patient  randomized,  double  blind,  sham-controlled,
independent trial that tested UroShield’s safety and ability to prevent biofilm in patients with an indwelling Foley catheter. The trial demonstrated that UroShield prevented
biofilm in all patients with the active device as compared to biofilm being found in seven of eleven of the control patients. In addition, there was a marked decrease in pain,
discomfort and spasm in the active UroShield patients, as evidenced by a statistically significant decrease in the requirement for the medications required to treat urinary catheter
associated  pain  and  discomfort  (Ikinger  U,  “Biofilm  Prevention  by  Surface Acoustic  Nanowaves: A  New Approach  to  Urinary  Tract  Infections?,”  25th  World  Congress  of
Endourology and SWL, Cancun, Mexico, October 2007).

In a subsequent physician-sponsored trial known as Heidelberg 2, 40 patients who underwent radical prostatectomies were divided into two groups, with the active
group receiving one intra-operative dose of antibiotics and UroShield and the control group receiving one intra-operative dose of antibiotics and then five subsequent doses over
three days. At the end of the trial, the control group had four cases of bacteriuria, as compared to one in the active group. In a third trial, a physician-sponsored open label trial,
10 patients who received emergency placement of a urinary catheter due to acute obstruction were given a UroShield device and followed with regard to their pain, discomfort,
spasm  and  overall  well-being.  Within  24  hours,  all  patients  showed  improvement  and  increased  toleration  of  the  catheter  (Zillich  S.,  Ikinger  U,  “Biofilmprävention  durch
akustische Nanowellen: Ein neuer Aspekt bei katheterassoziierten Harnwegsinfektionen?,” Gesellschaft für Urologie, Heilbronn, Germany, May 2008). We supplied devices for
this trial, but had no further involvement with it.

Market for UroShield

According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, urinary tract infection (UTI) is an infection involving any part of the urinary system, including urethra,
bladder, ureters, and kidney. UTIs are the most common type of healthcare-associated infection  reported  to  the  National  Healthcare  Safety  Network  (NHSN). Among  UTIs
acquired in the hospital, approximately 75% are associated with a urinary catheter, which is a tube inserted into the bladder through the urethra to drain urine. Between 15-25%
of hospitalized patients receive urinary catheters during their hospital stay. The most important risk factor for developing a CAUTI is prolonged use of the urinary catheter.

This study was written up in the December 2018 issue of “Medical & Surgical Urology”, a leading peer-reviewed journal in the field of urology.

Approximately 25% of patients who are admitted to a hospital will have an indwelling catheter at some point during their stay and 7% of nursing home residents are

managed by long term catheterization.

Catheter acquired urinary tract infection (CAUTI) is the most common nosocomial infection in hospitals and nursing homes, representing over 40% of all hospital-
acquired infections (HAIs) and 20% of intensive care unit HAIs (Maki, P and Tambyah, D. Engineering Out the Risk for Infection with Urinary Catheters., Emerging Infectious
Diseases., Vol. 7, No. 2, March–April 2001). In addition, CAUTIs are the source for approximately 20% of healthcare acquired bacteremia in acute care and 50% in long-term
care  facilities  (Nicolle,  Lindsay  E.  “Catheter Associated  Urinary  Tract  Infections.” Antimicrobial  Resistance  and  Infection  Control  3  (2014).  The  risk  of  acquiring  CAUTI
depends  on  the  method  and  duration  of  catheterization  and  patient  susceptibility.  Patients  requiring  a  urinary  catheter  have  a  daily  risk  of  approximately  five  percent  of
developing bacteriuria and approximately 25% of patients develop nosocomial bacteriuria or candiduria over one week (Maki, P and Tambyah, D. Engineering Out the Risk for
Infection with Urinary Catheters., Emerging Infectious Diseases., Vol. 7, No. 2, March–April 2001). Virtually all patients requiring indwelling urinary catheters for longer than
a month become bacteriuric.

CAUTI  occurs  because  urethral  catheters  inoculate  organisms  into  the  bladder  and  promote  colonization  by  providing  a  surface  for  bacterial  adhesion  and  causing
mucosal irritation. The presence of a urinary catheter is the most important risk factor for bacteriuria. Once a catheter is placed, the daily incidence of bacteriuria is 3-10%.
Between 10% and 30% of patients who undergo short-term catheterization (i.e., 2-4 days) develop bacteriuria and are asymptomatic. Between 90% and 100% of patients who
undergo  long-term  catheterization  develop  bacteriuria.  About  80%  of  nosocomial  UTIs  are  related  to  urethral  catheterization;  only  5-10%  are  related  to  genitourinary
manipulation. (John L. Brusch, Catheter-Related Urinary Tract Infection, Medscape, August 18, 2015).

The  global  catheter  market  size  was  valued  at  USD  37.3  billion  in  2018  and  is  expected  to  witness  a  CAGR  of  9.7%  through  2026.  Rising  prevalence  of  chronic
disorders leading to hospitalization has fueled the growth of this market. Presence of multi-national manufacturers, improving medical facilities, supportive insurance policies
are  also  some  of  the  key  factors  propelling  the  market  growth.  North  America  is  the  largest  regional  market  due  to  the  presence  of  multi-national  manufacturers  and
sophisticated healthcare infrastructure along with high product awareness levels. Asia Pacific is projected to expand at the maximum CAGR of 10.4%, over the study period.
According to a Grandview research report, there are 25 million Foley catheters sold annually in the United States and 75 million catheters sold elsewhere yielding a total global
Foley catheter market of 100 million units worldwide. The cost to treat a simple CAUTI has been estimated at $13,793 per case (AHRQ), and the cost of treating bacteremia has
been estimated at $8,355 (NIH) per case, yielding a total healthcare burden of $830 million per year. While there are currently both antibiotic and silver coated catheters in the
market, they often sell for approximately $10 above the non-antimicrobial equivalent.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition, as of October 1, 2008, Medicare stopped authorizing its payment to hospitals in which patients have developed a catheter-associated urinary tract infection
that was not present on admission. This provides hospitals in the United States with a substantial financial incentive to reduce the occurrence of such infections through the use
of products such as UroShield, which help prevent infections hospitals would otherwise have to treat without reimbursement. In addition, it has been noted that the Centers for
Medicare & Medicaid Services may fine hospitals in the future when their patients develop CAUTI, which will likely increase the incentive of hospitals to invest in technologies
that may prevent this complication (Brown J, et al. “Never Events: Not Every Hospital-Acquired Infection Is Preventable, Clinical Infectious Diseases, 2009, 49 (5)).

Competition for UroShield

Several  types  of  products  have  been  introduced  to  address  the  growing  problem  of  catheter-acquired  infection  and  biofilm  formation  on  catheter  surfaces.
Manufacturers offer antibiotic-coated and antiseptic-impregnated catheters. In addition, manufacturers have produced silver-coated catheters, which have been shown in small
studies to delay bacteriuria for about two to four days. However, larger studies did not corroborate this result; on the contrary, silver hydrogel was associated with overgrowth of
gram  positive  bacteria  in  the  urine  (Riley  DK,  Classen  DC,  “A  large  randomized  clinical  trial  of  a  silver-impregnated  urinary  catheter:  lack  of  efficacy  and  staphylococcal
superinfection,” Am. J. Med. 1995 April; 98(4):349-56).

UroShield has been designed to be added to any type of catheter, including Foley catheters and silver-coated catheters, to improve a catheter’s infection prevention
performance. UroShield is not intended to replace any existing products or technologies, but instead is intended to assist these existing products or technologies in preventing
catheter-acquired urinary injury and catheter associated complications. UroShield may be unable to successfully compete in this market due to an inability to obtain clearance
from the FDA and failure to be adopted by health care practitioners and facilities.

Regulatory Strategy

UroShield received CE Mark approval in September 2007 and was also approved for sale by the Israeli Ministry of Health in 2008. We are able to sell UroShield in
India and Ecuador based on our CE Mark. UroShield was granted a Canadian medical device license in September 2016, although, due to a modification of regulatory standards
in Canada, we have lost our Canadian license. We are working toward reinstatement of our Canadian license. To that extent, we recently passed an audit with a notified body
and we are waiting on a certificate.

In the European Union, UroShield has been marketed for the prevention of biofilm,  decreased  pain  and  discomfort  associated  with  urinary  catheters  and  increased

antibiotic efficacy.

In the United States, we intend to seek clearance from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration through the de novo classification process for UroShield. We submitted
our application for 510(k) clearance on January 3, 2011. On March 11, 2011, we received a response from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration proposing that the approval
go through the de novo route, which will require clinical trials with proposed study protocols to be pre-cleared by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration. We are currently
seeking a strategic partner that is active in the urology market to coincide with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration clearance. We have not made any further submissions to
the U.S. Food and Drug Administration related to UroShield, but we completed a more robust study conducted at 5 different nursing facilities in the United States. This study
was approved by the institutional review board, or “IRB”. In November 2017, we announced interim results of this study. The study has since been published in the Journal of
Medical and Surgical Urology, November 20, 2018. The title of the article is “The Effect of Surface Acoustic Waves on Bacterial Load and Preventing Catheter- associated
Urinary Tract Infections (CAUTI) in Long Term Indwelling Catheters”.

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NanoVibronix filed a request for a teleconference with FDA reviewers to understand the suitability of determining the medical device accessory classification via a de
novo petition and to understand the expectations in order to establish safety and efficacy of UroShield. In the FDA’s written response and also during the teleconference, the
FDA reviewers stated that they were particularly concerned with local tissue response (in urethra and potentially bladder) due to the extended use (up to 30 days) of a urinary
catheter with UroShield attached to it. The areas of concern were primarily the physical interaction of ultrasound that is being propagated along the walls of the catheter and any
leachables from the urinary catheter that would be over and above the leachables from a urinary catheter without UroShield attached to it. FDA reviewers were also concerned
about the appropriateness and quality of safety test data that was previously submitted May 2012.

Studies completed to establish safety of UroShield for human use:

● A large animal model (female sheep) study has been conducted to establish local tissue response from a urinary catheter with UroShield attached as compared

to a control group of animals with a urinary catheter with no UroShield attached.

The pre-clinical animal study was intended to demonstrate safety of UroShield device when used for 30-days with a urinary catheter. The study compared
local  tissue  and  organ  response  in  two  groups  of  4  (female)  sheep  where  one  group  was  catheterized  (urethral)  using  an  uncoated  silicone  Foley  catheter
(only) and the other group was catheterized using an uncoated silicone Foley catheter with UroShield device attached to it. All catheters were identical in their
size, material composition and manufacturer.

After  30  days  the  animals  were  euthanized  and  local  tissue  and  organs  were  examined.  The  results  showed  the  group  with  UroShield  device  had  fewer
observations of swelling, redness or discharge at the vulva as compared to the group without UroShield. The animals did not exhibit signs of discomfort or
pain during study period (of 30 days). The gross and histopathology findings were also very similar between the two groups.

● A comparative study of leachables from a urinary catheter with and without UroShield attached has been performed to demonstrate that the leachables with

UroShield attached do not exceed toxicological safe limits allowed for a medical device.

The  chemical  characterization  of  leachables  was  intended  to  demonstrate  safety  for  UroShield  device  for  30-day  use  with  a  urinary  catheter.  The  study
compared leachables from a group consisting of 3 uncoated silicone catheter with leachables from a group consisting of 3 uncoated silicone catheter with
UroShield attached to it. All catheters were identical in their size, material composition and manufacturer.

The exhaustive extractions were performed with non-polar, polar and aqueous solvents. An additional simulated use extraction using Saline and Ethanol was
performed.  Overall  the  extractables  from  both  groups  were  comparable  and  toxicological  evaluation  showed  that  all  compounds  from  extraction  with
UroShield  were  below  the  tolerable  exposure  limits.  Most  of  compounds  had  a  margin  of  safety  greater  than  10  and  4  compounds  had  margin  of  safety
between 1.5 and 10. Overall, the toxicological risk for using UroShield with a urinary catheter is similar and at even lower as compared to a catheter without
UroShield attached.

Sales and Marketing

We believe the business opportunity for UroShield is in the hundreds of millions in U.S. dollars to the extent that UroShield obtains 510(k) clearance from the U.S.
Food and Drug Administration, is recognized as effective and becomes widely adopted for use in catheters. To that end, we are exploring sales distribution models in the United
States  through  a  distributor  network  and  direct  sales.  In  order  to  have  a  distribution  network  in  place  if  UroShield  receives  clearance  from  the  U.S.  Food  and  Drug
Administration, we are currently identifying distributors through several vehicles, including our sales staff, commissionable representation, and independent contractors. We
have  appointed  distributors  for  UroShield  in  the  United  Kingdom  and,  and  an  outside  management  organization,  Morulaa  Health,  to  assist  with  regulatory  matters  and
distribution of UroShield in India. Each of these distributors is paid a small retainer and will be paid a commission between 10 to 20% of sales going forward. Total payments to
these distributors totaled approximately $24,000 in 2019.

From time to time we have had interest from strategic companies in the catheter market to partner, license or acquire the UroShield technology. These strategic partners

are active in the urology market and may be interested in integrating UroShield as an accessory, into its range of products. Discussions with these partners are ongoing.

Clinical Trials

To date, we have conducted the clinical trials set forth below:

Purpose
To assess the safety of the
UroShield Double Blind,
Comparative, Randomized
Study for the Safety
Evaluation of the UroShield
System (HD1)

  Doctor/Location
  Dr. U. Ikinger, Salem
Academic Hospital,
University of Heidelberg,
Germany

Time,
subjects
2005-2006
22 patients

  Objectives
  To demonstrate that the use of the UroShield is safe
and that the device is well tolerated by the patients
and user friendly to the medical staff.
Efficacy objectives were to demonstrate that the
UroShield helps in prevention of biofilm formation
in comparison with the urinary catheter alone, as
well as bacteriuria.

  Results
  UroShield was both safe and

well tolerated.
UroShield proved efficacious in
prevention of biofilm. Subjects
required significantly less
medications than the control
group for catheter related pain
and discomfort.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Double Blind, Comparative,
Randomized Study for the
Safety Evaluation of the
UroShield System (HD2 )
Physician initiated

  Dr. U. Ikinger, Salem
Academic Hospital,
University of Heidelberg,
Germany

2007
40 patients

  To demonstrate that the use of the UroShield is safe
and helps in prevention of biofilm formation and
UTI in comparison with the urinary catheter alone, as
well as decrease antibiotic use.

In this trial, only 1/20 patients
in UroShield device (no
antibiotics) group developed
urinary tract infection compared
to 4/20 patients within control
group treated with the antibiotic
prophylaxis alone.

The Effect of UroShield on
Pain and Discomfort in
Patients Released from the
Emergency Room with
Urinary Catheter Due to
Urine Incontinence
Physician initiated

The Use of the UroShield
Device in Patients with
Indwelling Urinary
Catheters Open labeled,
comparative, randomized
study

Evaluation of the UroShield
in urinary and
nephrostomies to reduce
bacteriuria Physician
initiated

Double Blind, Randomized
Control Study for
Prevention of Bacterial
Colonization and UTI
associated with Indwelling
Urinary Catheters

Shaare Zedek Medical Center
Jerusalem, Israel.

2007
10 patients

  Dr. Shenfeld

Shaare Zedek Medical Center
Jerusalem, Israel.

2007-2009
40 patients

  The study aimed to assess the effectiveness of the
UroShield in reducing pain and discomfort levels
and improve the well-being of the subjects. Efficacy
objectives included reduction of pain, spasm,
burning and itching sensation levels of the subjects.

  The results demonstrated a
reduction in pain, itching,
burning and spasm levels.
Additionally, the well-being of
the subjects showed a
significant increase.

Patient complaints related to catheter regarding pain
according to VAS scale and discomfort according to
0-10 scale
Presence of Clinically Significant UTI
Presence of Bacteriuria
Presence of Biofilm
Use of medication

  UroShield device was effective
in reducing postoperative
catheter related pain discomfort
and bladder spasms. There was
also a notable trend towards
reduction of bacteriuria.

Prof. P.Tenke,
Hungary

2010-2011
27 patients

  ● Pain, disability and QOL

● Catheter patency
● Bacteriuria / UTI
● Hospitalization period
● Analgesics and Antibiotics intake

  Dr. Shira Markowitz

Buffalo, NY

2017
55 patients

  To demonstrate the use of the UroShield reduces
bacterial colonization on the urinary catheter

Showed reduction in pain and
significant decrease in
bacteriuria rate.

Final results entitled “The
Effect of Surface Acoustic
Waves on Bacterial Load and
Preventing Catheter-Associated
Urinary Tract Infections
(CAUTI) in Long Term
Indwelling Catheters,” which
was published in the December
2018 issue of Medical &
Surgical Urology, a leading
peer-reviewed journal in the
field of urology.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Mean improvement advantage
in treatment vs control was
87.2K CFU, (t (53) 18.1,
p<0.001) at thirty days. At 60
days the mean improvement
advantage in treatment vs
control was 87.5K CFU, (t (53)
18.1, p<0.001). At 90 days the
mean improvement advantage
in treatment vs control was
79.3K CFU, (t (53) 12.4,
p<0.001).

After cessation of treatment in
the active group at 30 days,
there was a minimal increase in
CFU count at both 60 and 90
days. In the same group, there
was no statistical difference in
the decrease of CFU count
from 30 to 60 days after
treatment, t (28)=1. p= .326,
however there was a
marginally significant increase
in CFU from 60 to 90 days for
the active group (28)=1.7 p=
0.09.

At baseline, every enrolled
patient had been treated for
infection during the 90 days
prior to enrollment. Compared
to baseline, the treatment group
showed significant statistical
and clinical improvement
(100%) at 30 days relative to
the sham control (73%). There
were no reported infections in
the Treatment Group while in
the control group there were
seven reported infections.

At 90 days after treatment, the
treatment group showed a
significantly stronger
improvement (89.7%)
compared to the sham control
(46.2%). There were three
reported infection in the
Treatment group, while in the
control group there were
fourteen reported infections
requiring antimicrobial
therapy. (logistic regression
B=2.3, Wald Chi-Square (df=1)
=10.1, p=0.001.)

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UroShield Randomized
Control trial

5 different nursing facilities

2017 - 2018
51 subjects

51 subjects were evaluated with 26 in the
active/treatment group and 25 in the control group.
All patients had been treated for at least one incident
of a catheter-acquired urinary tract infection
(CAUTI) requiring antibiotics in the preceding 6
months prior to trial initiation.

  At the 90-day evaluation, 13 of

25 subjects (52%) in the
control group developed a
CAUTI requiring systemic
antibiotics while only 1 of 26
patients (4%) in the
UroShield™ group required
antibiotic. All study subjects
had an initial colony count of
greater than 100,000 CFU
cultured from their urinary
tract. At thirty days, all subjects
within the control group
showed no change in the
number of their bacteria count
which was greater than 100,000
CFU, while those in the
treatment group showed a
reduction to 10,000 CFU in 15
of 26 subjects and only 1,000
CFU in 10 of 26 subjects,
proving a decrease in both
bacterial colonization and the
incidence of Urinary Tract
Infection.

Recently Completed, Current, Ongoing and Planned Clinical Trial

In July 2019, a 23 patient trial was completed in Norwich, United Kingdom. The trial was initiated to satisfy the requirements for adoption within the UK National

Health Service. Results of the trial have not been published. The hospital that completed the patient trial continues to use the Uroshield device.

In September 2019, an economic impact study was performed completed by York Health Economic Consortium, United Kingdom to determine the cost savings related
to prevention of urinary tract infection. The study resulted in an economic impact “model” which will demonstrate cost savings to prevention of patients contracting UTI. The
trial was initiated to satisfy the requirements for adoption within the UK National Health Service.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  April  2019,  an  in  vitro  study  was  performed  at  Southampton  University,  Southampton,  United  Kingdom,  to  determine  the  effect  of  UroShield  on  bacterial
colonization in a laboratory setting. The trial was initiated to satisfy the requirements for adoption within the UK National Health Service. This trial will also be helpful to fulfill
a requirement of the FDA. Results revealed positive results to all others studied in the same laboratory.

UroShield-In vivo study is being conducted by Dr. Blayne Welk MD MSc and Dr. Jeremy Burton MSc PhD. The study, entitled “Low energy surface waves to prevent
urinary infections and catheter associated symptoms among patients with neurogenic bladder dysfunction”. The intent is to conduct a pilot study to determine if the UroShield
device  can  reduce  catheter  symptoms,  improve  urinary  quality  of  life,  and  reduce  catheter  biofilm  formation  and  bacteriuria  among  patients  with  neurogenic  bladder
dysfunction and an indwelling catheter. The study is ongoing and is expected to be completed before the end of this year.

This study is being done without cost to NanoVibronix and is expected to be presented at the American Urologic Association in the fall.

If we are able to locate a strategic partner or otherwise obtain sufficient funding, we anticipate conducting the following clinical trial:

Trial
UroShield U.S. Food and Drug
Administration trial 80 patient trial

Place
To be determined

Start Date/Timing

  Objectives

  To be determined

Safety and efficacy of UroShield in urinary catheter related pain and
infection and biofilm formation.

The results of previous clinical trials may not be predictive of future
results, and the results of our planned clinical trial, if we are able to locate
a strategic partner or otherwise obtain sufficient funding, may not satisfy
the requirements of the FDA.

PainShield®

PainShield  is  an  ultrasound  device,  consisting  of  a  reusable  driver  unit  and  a  disposable  patch,  which  contains  our  proprietary  therapeutic  transducer.  It  delivers  a
localized ultrasound effect to treat pain and induce soft tissue healing in a targeted area, while keeping the level of ultrasound energy at a safe and consistent level of 0.4 watts.
We believe that PainShield is the smallest and most portable therapeutic ultrasound device on the market and the only product in which the ultrasound transducer is integrated in
a therapeutic disposable application patch.

The existing ultrasound therapy devices being used for pain reduction are primarily large devices used exclusively by clinicians in medical settings. PainShield is able
to deliver ultrasound therapy without being located in a health care facility or clinic because it is portable, due to it being lightweight and battery operated. Because it is patch
based and easy to apply, PainShield does not require medical personnel to apply ultrasound therapy to the patient. The patient benefits include ease of application and use, faster
recovery  time,  high  compliance,  and  increased  safety  and  efficacy  over  existing  devices  that  rely  on  higher-frequency  ultrasound  (Adahan  M,  et  al,  “A  Sound  Solution  to
Tendonitis:  Healing  Tendon  Tears  With  a  Novel  Low-Intensity,  Low-Frequency  Surface  Acoustic  Ultrasound  Patch,”  American  Academy  of  Physical  Medicine  and
Rehabilitation Vol. 2, 685-687, July 2010). PainShield can be used by patients at home or work or in a clinical setting and can be used even while the patient is sleeping. Its
range of applications includes acute and chronic pain reduction and anti-inflammatory treatment.

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PainShield is used to treat tendon disease and trigeminal neuralgia (a chronic pain condition that affects the trigeminal or 5th cranial nerve, one of the most widely
distributed nerves in the head); previously, the therapeutic options for these disorders have been very limited. PainShield has also been used to treat pelvic and abdominal pain.
To date, to the best of our knowledge, the only treatment options for these conditions are pain medication and surgery. Several additional causes of pain, and the treatment of
that pain with the PainShield product, can be explored through clinical trials.

Picture of PainShield with Patch

Market for PainShield

Pain-related complaints are one of the most common reasons patients seek treatment from physicians (Prince V, “Pain Management in Patients with Substance-Use
Disorders,” Pain Management, PSAP-VII, Chronic Illnesses). According to Landro L, “New Ways to Treat Pain: Tricking the Brain, Blocking the Nerves in Patients When all
Else Has Failed,” Wall Street Journal, May 11, 2010, approximately 26% of adult Americans, or approximately 76.5 million people, suffer from chronic pain. The National
Center for Health Statistics has estimated that approximately 54% of the adult population experiences musculoskeletal pain. Studies have shown that low-frequency ultrasound
treatment has yielded positive results for a variety of indications, including tendon injuries and short-term pain relief (Warden SJ, “A new direction for ultrasound therapy in
sports medicine,” Sports Med. 2003; 33 (2):95-107), chronic low back pain (Ansari NN, Ebadi S, Talebian S, Naghdi S, Mazaheri H, Olyaei G, Jalaie SA, “Randomized, single
blind placebo controlled clinical trial on the effect of continuous ultrasound on low back pain,” Electromyogr Clin Neurophysiol. 2006 Nov; 46(6):329-36) and sinusitis (Ansari
NN, Naghdi S, Farhadi M, Jalaie S, “A preliminary study into the effect of low-intensity pulsed ultrasound on chronic maxillary and frontal sinusitis,” Physiother Theory Pract.
2007 Jul-Aug; 23(4):211-8). We believe that PainShield’s technology, portability and ease of use may result in it becoming an attractive product in the pain management and
therapy field.

Competition

There are numerous products and approaches currently utilized to treat chronic pain. The pharmacological approach, which may be the most common, focuses on drug-
related treatments with the over-the-counter internal analgesic market estimated at $19 billion in  2019. Alternatively,  there  are  a  large  number  of  non-pharmacological  pain
treatment options available, such as ultrasound, transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation, or TENS, laser therapy and pulsed electromagnetic treatment. In addition, there are
some technologies and devices in the market that utilize low frequency ultrasound or patch technology. Many patients are initially prescribed anti-pain medication; however,
ongoing use of drugs may cause substantial side effects and lead to addiction. Therefore, patients and clinicians have shown increased interest in alternative pain therapy using
medical devices that do not carry these side effects.

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The currently available ultrasound treatments for chronic pain have generally been accepted by the medical community as standard treatment for pain management.
However,  the  traditional  ultrasound  treatments,  such  as  those  manufactured  or  distributed  by  Mettler  Electronics  Corp,  Metron  USA  and  Zimmer  MedizinSysteme,  are
stationary devices found only in clinics and other health care facilities that need to be administered to patients by health care professionals. We are aware of three companies
that market smaller ultrasound devices capable of certain self-administered use for the treatment of pain: Koalaty Products, Inc., Sun-Rain System Corp. and PhysioTEC. These
devices generally function in the same manner, at the same frequency and with the same administration and safety requirements and limitations as traditional, larger ultrasound
devices.  We  are  also  aware  of  one  product,  the  SAM®  Sport4,  which  has  recently  received  U.S.  Food  and  Drug Administration  approval  and  also  has  CE  Mark  approval,
marketed by ZetrOZ, Inc., that we understand may eliminate certain of these requirements and limitations, namely the requirement to be plugged in, the need for movement
around the treated area and the relatively short safe treatment period. However, we understand that this product does not generate surface acoustic waves as our products do,
which  means  that  the  treatment  area  is  generally  limited  to  that  under  the  transducer,  that  the  use  of  transmission  gel  is  still  required  and  that  the  transducer  thickness  is
significantly greater than ours (approximately 1.5cm). It is also our understanding that the U.S. Food and Drug Administration has prohibited the manufacturer from labeling or
promoting this product for use directly over bone that is near the skin surface. In addition, there are other patch-based methods of pain treatment, such as TENS therapy. TENS
therapy may be painful and irritating for the patient due to the muscle contractions resulting from the electrical pulses. PainShield combines the efficacy of ultrasound treatment
for pain with the ease of use and portability of a patch-based system. PainShield also may be self-administered by the patient, including while the patient is sleeping. However,
if  we  are  unable  to  obtain  widespread  insurance  coverage  and  reimbursement  for  PainShield,  its  acceptance  as  a  pain  management  treatment  would  likely  be  hindered,  as
patients may be reluctant to pay for the product out-of-pocket.

The CMS has approved PainShield for reimbursement for Medicare beneficiaries on a national basis effective January 2020.

Regulatory Strategy

PainShield received 510(k) clearance from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration in August 2008 for treatment of pain relief. PainShield received CE Mark approval
in July 2008 and was also approved for sale by the Israeli Ministry of Health in 2010. We are able to sell PainShield in India and Ecuador based on our CE Mark. We are in
discussions with distributors in Southeast Asia, and, if a distributor is engaged, intend to seek regulatory approvals for PainShield in Southeast Asia through such distributor.

In  the  United  States,  a  prescription  from  a  licensed  healthcare  practitioner  is  required  for  the  use  of  PainShield.  We  have  engaged  a  consultant  to  assist  us  in  the
process of reclassifying the next generation of PainShield devices to remove the prescription requirement for the use of PainShield. We believe that such reclassification will
open up mass market opportunities which are currently not available to us due to the prescription requirement. However, there is no assurance that we will be able to remove the
prescription requirement for the use of PainShield or that, even if we accomplish such reclassification and the use of PainShield no longer requires a prescription, PainShield
will be successful commercially in the mass market or we will be able to generate significant revenues from the mass market opportunities, if any.

In order to eliminate the requirement for a physician prescription, proof of safety and consumer “usability” must be established. With no adverse events reported on the
PainShield  device,  we  have  a  high  degree  of  confidence  that  we  will  achieve  the  desired  outcome.  We  have  engaged  User-View,  Inc  to  facilitate  our  Usability  study.  The
product packaging and all instruction documents have been modified to meet OTC standards. That study was completed in 2019 with positive results.

In  the  United  States,  PainShield  falls  under  the  diathermy  classification  for  the  treatment  of  pain  for  initial  reimbursement  purposes.  The  permitted  reimbursement
codes  can  be  used  in  the  outpatient  supervised  medical  setting.  We  intend  to  coordinate  with  the  Centers  for  Medicare  and  Medicaid  Services  and  private  insurers  so  that
reimbursement can be extended to cover the administration of PainShield outside of health care facilities and clinics. In addition, we intend to conduct clinical trials in order to
effectively market PainShield for a larger range of indications. The targeted reimbursement would be based upon specific indications, where study data serves as justification
for payment.

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales and Marketing

PainShield was introduced in 2009 as a treatment for pain, such as tendonitis, sports injuries, pelvic pain and neurologic pain and we have sold approximately 1,700
units  and  15,000  treatment  patches  since  its  introduction.  We  have  entered  into  distribution  agreements  in  United  States,  Europe,  Asia  and  India  for  the  distribution  of
PainShield. We intend to seek additional distribution opportunities in Europe, East Asia and Ecuador. In addition, we sell PainShield directly to patients through our website.
We are currently ramping up our marketing efforts in the U.S. market and throughout the world to establish licensing and private label partnerships as well.

We have identified a unique and effective application for PainShield, the treatment of a severe facial nerve pain called Trigeminal Neuralgia, otherwise known as tic
douloureux.  Two  studies  were  performed  in  Israel,  “a  randomized  control  trial  examining  the  efficacy  of  low  intensity  low  frequency  Surface Acoustic  wave  ultrasound  in
trigeminal neuralgia pain”, and “A sound solution for Trigeminal Neuralgia”. Two trials which enrolled a total of 16 and 15 patients respectively, both conducted at the Sheba
Medical  Center  in  Israel,  concluded  that  this  study  supports  the  hypothesis  that  the  application  of  Low  Intensity  Low  Frequency  Surface  Acoustic  Wave  Ultrasound
(LILF/SAW) may be associated with a clinically significant reduction of pain severity among patients suffering from trigeminal neuralgia disease. One of the studies showed a
reduction in pain among 73% of the participants. We believe this to be an ideal market to address with the PainShield. With few existing treatment alternatives, we believe the
PainShield’s effectiveness is a practical and safe alternative. A broader RCT, targeting 60 patients suffering from unilateral trigeminal neuralgia, was recently completed. The
article was published on January 22, 2019, in the Journal of Anesthesiology and Pain Research, under the title “The Effect of a Surface Acoustic Wave (SAW) Device on the
Symptomatology of Trigeminal Neuralgia”.

GlobalData’s  epidemiological  analysis  forecasts  that  the  total  prevalent  cases  of  trigeminal  neuralgia  in  the  seven  major  markets  (United  States,  France,  Germany,
Italy, Spain, U.K and Japan) will grow at 15% between 2012 and 2022. According to an estimate by Ronald Brisman, M.D., in 2013 the prevalence of trigeminal neuralgia in
the U.S. may have been as high as approximately 280,000 patients. With the favorable results from our current, ongoing study (explained in detail below), we continue to plan
to aggressively pursue this market through direct marketing efforts and distributor relationships.

We  have  also  identified  a  market  for  PainShield  in  the  professional  sports  industry,  where  in  some  cases,  reimbursement  may  be  available  from  sports  alumni
organizations or, more likely, self-pay. In order to pursue this market we are exhibiting at sports trainers meetings, pursuing alumni associations, advertising in their media, and
have  recently  engaged  a  national  distributor  in  the  United  States.  Discussions  and  ongoing  negotiations  continue  with  other  appropriate  distributors  in  these  various  market
segments.

Completed Research

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Clinical Trials

To date, we have conducted or are in the process of conducting the clinical trials set forth below:

Purpose
A sound solution for
Trigeminal Neuralgia
Physician initiated

  Doctor/Location
  Dr. Ch. Adahan

Sheba Medical Center

  Dr. M. Zwecker

Chaim Sheba Medical
Center, Tel Hashomer,
Israel

Randomized control trial
examining the efficacy of low
intensity low frequency
Surface Acoustic wave
ultrasound in trigeminal
neuralgia pain For Ph.D.,
Funded by Israeli Ministry of
Health

Time,
subjects
2009
15 patients

2012-2012
16 patients

  Objectives
  ●Reduction in pain

●Reduction in disability
●Improvement of function and quality of
life
●Accelerating of healing

  ●Reduction in pain

●Reduction in disability
●Improvement of function and quality of
life
●Accelerating of healing

  Results

73% of the subjects experienced complete or near
complete relief.

In conclusion this study supports the hypothesis
that the application of Low Intensity Low
Frequency Surface Acoustic Wave Ultrasound
(LILF/SAW) may be associated with a clinically
significant reduction of pain severity among
patients suffering from trigeminal neuralgia
disease.

Treating Rutgers university
athletic injuries with bandaid
sized ultrasound unit
PainShield

  R. Monaco,
G. Sherman,
Rutgers University
Athletic, Rutgers, New
Jersey

2011
35 patients

  ●To assess the pain, functional capacity

  Active group:

and discomfort of the subject
●To assess the subject’s quality of life
●To assess the injury status
●To assess the efficacy of the treatment
●To assess compliance factors

74% had improvement, 26% no change
Sham group:
56% no change, 44% had improvement
This is an indication of the effectiveness of the
device.
Lack of funding for statistical analysis has
stopped this trial prior to fulfillment.

Reduction of chronic
abdominal and pelvic pain,
urological and GI symptoms
using wearable device
delivering low frequency
ultrasound

  D. Wiseman,

Synechion Institute for
Pelvic Pain

2011
19 patients

  ●To assess the efficacy of PainShield for

pelvic and related pain

Improvement in pain related symptoms noted for
all symptoms.

The Effects of the
NanoVibronix’s PainShield®
Surface Acoustic Waves on
the Symptoms of Lateral
Epicondylitis

  Dr. David Lemak, a
leading orthopedic
surgeon with
Birmingham Orthopedic
and Sports Specialists.

2019, 24
patients

  A randomized, double blinded study for
30 days that evaluated the effectiveness
and safety of PainShield™ Surface
Acoustic Wave (SAW) technology on
patients suffering from pain and
discomfort, as well as limited mobility
caused by the effects of chronic or acute
lateral epicondylitis (LE) (“tennis
elbow”).

  We expect to publish results later this year.

The Effect of a Surface
Acoustic Wave (SAW)
Device on the
Symptomatology of
Trigeminal Neuralgia

Shira Markowitz, MD,
New York, NY

Early 2018
59 patients

  To measure pain scores, quality of life,

  There was a significant difference in the

and breakthrough drug use of 59 patients
with a diagnosis of unilateral trigeminal
neuralgia.

outcomes of the two groups relative to pain,
quality of life, and breakthrough medications
taken, which was directly correlated to pain
experienced during treatment. Specifically, the
treatment group experienced a 55.2%
improvement in baseline pain scores versus 2.3%
for the control group. The treatment group
experienced a 46.4% reduction in breakthrough
pain medication versus 1.5% for the control
group.

The Effects of the NanoVibronix’s PainShield® Surface Acoustic Waves on the Symptoms of Lateral Epicondylitis

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If we are able to obtain sufficient funding, we anticipate conducting the following clinical trials:

Trial
PainShield for Pelvic Pain
200 patient trial

WoundShield®

Place
To be determined

Start Date/Timing
To be determined

  Objectives

Safety and Efficacy of PainShield in Chronic Pelvic Pain

Our  WoundShield  product  was  granted  the  European  Wound  Closure  Customer  Value  Leadership  Award,  Ultrasound  Therapy  –  Wound  Closure  in  2014.
WoundShield is intended to treat acute and chronic wounds with a disposable treatment patch that delivers localized therapeutic low frequency ultrasound. The WoundShield
patch  has  two  configurations:  one  that  is  placed  adjacent  to  the  wound  and  another,  called  the  instillation  patch,  that  is  placed  on  the  wound  to  enable  instillation  through
sonophoresis,  a  process  that  increases  the  absorption  of  semisolid  topical  compounds,  including  medications,  into  the  skin.  Based  on  studies  conducted  by  BIO-EC
Microbiology Laboratory and Rosenblum, we believe that our WoundShield product possesses significant potential for the treatment of, among other things, diabetic foot ulcers
and burns (Gasser P, Study Report delivered by BIO-EC Microbiology Laboratory, Dec 2007, which we ordered, paid for, and provided devices for; Rosenblum J, “Surface
Acoustic Wave Patch Diathermy Generates Healing In Hard To Heal Wounds,” European Wound Management Association 2011, for which we supplied devices but had no
further involvement). In March 2020 we signed a license agreement with Sanuwave Health, Inc. for the manufacture and delivery of our WoundShield technology. Under the
terms  of  the  agreement,  NanoVibronix  will  receive  100,000  warrants  of  Sanuwave  stock,  a  $250,000  milestone  payment  based  on  FDA  approval,  and  10%  royalty  on
Sanuwave’s gross revenues from sales or rentals of WoundShield. In return, Sanuwave has received the worldwide, exclusive rights to the company’s WoundShield product and
technology. In addition, Sanuwave will bear the costs and clinical validation responsibilities associated with obtaining approval for WoundShield from the U.S. Food and Drug
Administration and other regulatory agencies around the world.

Picture of WoundShield Driver and Instillation Patch

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WoundShield delivers surface acoustic waves to the location of the wound. Surface acoustic waves move laterally across the surface of the wound, which enables the
transfer of the acoustic energy of the waves along the entire wound surface in a continuous and consistent mode, providing access to the waves’ benefits for a longer treatment
period than conventional ultrasound without the need for supervision or a treatment session by a clinician.

The  technology  has  been  found  to  have  a  positive  effect  on  the  epithelialization  (healing  by  the  growth  of  epithelial  cells)  of  diabetic  wounds,  as  well  as  on  the
stimulation  of  the  precursors  of  dermal  and  epidermal  (skin)  growth. As  such,  it  is  a  useful  adjunct  to  wound  care  by  increasing  dermal  and  epidermal  growth,  including
glycosaminoglycans, or GAGs (which bind to extracellular proteins like collagen, fibronectin, laminin, etc. and retain considerable amounts of water, thus preserving the skin
structure)  as  well  as  the  amount  of  collagen  (a  protein  that  helps  skin  heal)  and  decreasing  the  number  of  cells  in  mitosis  (a  type  of  cell  division)  (Rosenblum  J,  “Surface
Acoustic Wave Patch Diathermy Generates Healing In Hard To Heal Wounds,” European Wound Management Association 2011, for which we supplied devices which were
precursors to WoundShield, but had no further involvement). In addition, the WoundShield instillation patch allows for administration of therapeutic agents into the wound area
through a sonophoresis effect.

Many key processes in wound healing are dependent upon an adequate supply of oxygen. Diabetic foot ulcers are particularly in need of an adequate oxygen supply
because  the  disease  often  results  from  poor  perfusion  (blood  flow)  and  decreased  oxygen  tension.  Oxygen  is  also  important  for  the  immune  system  to  combat  bacteria,
synthesize collagen, help with fibroblast proliferation (fibroblasts are a type of cell that play a critical role in wound healing), form oxidative (taking place in the presence of
oxygen)  pathways  for  adenosine  triphosphate,  or ATP,  formation  (ATP  transports  chemical  energy  within  cells  for  metabolism),  and  the  nitric  oxide  dependent  signaling
pathways. It is generally believed that a lack of available oxygen is a basic contributing factor in the perpetuation of these wounds. Wound healing experts have developed a
technique of perfusing ischemic wounds (which occur when blood flow is blocked) with hyper-oxygenated saline, while the wound is being treated with ultrasound, also known
as sonication. This localized oxygenation therapy has many advantages over the use of hyperbaric chambers (large chambers in which the oxygen pressure is above normal), a
common method for delivering oxygen to wounds, as it is more cost-effective, can be done at the patient’s bedside and can be administered more frequently. The WoundShield
instillation  patch  was  tested  as  a  potential  ultrasound  technology  for  this  localized  oxygen  therapy.  In  one  study  (Morykwas  M,  “Oxygen  Therapy  with  Surface Acoustic
Waveform  Sonication,”  European  Wound  Management Association  2011;  we  supplied  devices  for  this  study,  but  had  no  further  involvement  with  it),  oxygen  sensors  were
placed in the wound bed to directly measure partial pressure of oxygen in an ischemic wound bed on a pig. The wound was perfused with hyperbaric oxygen and sonicated
using the WoundShield instillation patch. With surface acoustic wave ultrasound technology, tissue oxygen levels (partial pressure of oxygen in the blood, or PaO2) were raised
from a range of 20 mmHg (millimeters of mercury) to 60 mmHg in peripheral (periwound) areas, a 3 centimeter distance away from the transducer, and from 40 mmHg to
greater than 100 mmHg in the central wound bed lying below the WoundShield instillation patch (see table below). The results of this study illustrated that the WoundShield
instillation patch allowed oxygen to directly enter into the wound. The direct entry of the oxygen increased the amount of oxygen reaching the wound, which has been shown to
advance the healing process. In addition, we believe that WoundShield’s small size, lower cost and ease of use makes localized oxygen treatment commercially viable.

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In 2012, results were published of a human feasibility trial for the WoundShield instillation patch that was performed at Duke University in North Carolina. Seven
patients  were  treated  with  the  WoundShield  instillation  patch  for  their  wounds  and  average  tissue  oxygen  levels  (PaO2)  increased  by  an  average  of  58%  over  baseline
(Covington S, “Ultrasound-Mediated Oxygen Delivery to Lower Extremity Wounds,” Wounds 2012; 24(8)). We supplied devices for this trial, but had no further involvement
with it.

Market for Wound-Healing Devices

The global wound care device market totaled approximately $24 billion in 2015 and it is expected to grow at a CAGR of 6.7% during 2016-2022 (as reported by P&S
Global  Research  in  January  2017). According  to  the  Global  Report  on  Diabetes  produced  by  the  World  Health  Organization  (“WHO”)  in  2016,  globally,  an  estimated  422
million  adults  were  living  with  diabetes  in  2014,  compared  to  108  million  in  1980. According  to  a  report  entitled  “Advances  in  Wound  Closure  Technology”  by  Frost  and
Sullivan (2005), foot complexities are the most frequent causes for patients with diabetes to get hospitalized, with complications usually starting with the formation of skin
ulcers. In addition, according to the American Burn Association, approximately 486,000 patients received medical treatment annually for burn injuries in 2016 in the United
States. There are also policy-based factors that may increase the size of the wound care market. We anticipate that reimbursement decisions with respect to hospital acquired
wounds  may  create  a  large  market  opportunity  for  wound  care  products,  including  WoundShield.  Furthermore,  in  2009,  the  Centers  for  Medicare  and  Medicaid  Services
announced  that  they  would  stop  reimbursements  for  treatment  of  certain  complications  that  they  believed  were  preventable  with  proper  care.  One  such  complication  was
surgical site infections after certain elective procedures, including some orthopedic surgeries and bariatric surgery. We believe that such developments incentivize medical care
providers to invest in reducing the risk of infection through the use of wound care products, including WoundShield.

Competition for WoundShield

The market for advanced wound care includes a number of competitors, such as Kinetic Concepts, Inc. (a subsidiary of the 3M Company), or KCI, Smith and Nephew
plc  and  Convatec  Inc.,  all  of  whom  market  wound-healing  medical  devices.  Due  to  their  size,  in  general  these  companies  may  have  significant  advantages  over  us.  These
competitors have their own distribution networks for their products, which gives them an advantage over us in reaching potential customers. In addition, they are vertically-
integrated, which may allow them to maximize efficiencies that we cannot achieve with our third-party suppliers and distributors. Finally, because of their significantly greater
resources,  they  could  potentially  choose  to  focus  on  research  and  development  of  technology  similar  to  ours,  more  than  we  are  able  to.  In  general,  we  believe  that  these
competitors  have,  and  will  continue  to  have,  substantially  greater  financial,  technological,  research  and  development,  regulatory  and  clinical,  manufacturing,  marketing  and
sales, distribution and personnel resources than we do. However, we believe that our products differentiate us from these competitors, and we will be competitive on the basis of
our technology. We believe that the strength of these competitors may create an opportunity through strategic partnerships.

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At present, ultrasound treatment for wounds is limited only to wound debridement (removal of damaged tissue or foreign objects from a wound) and such products are
marketed by Arobella Medical, LLC, which produces the Qoustic Wound Therapy System, Misonix Inc., which produces SonicOne products, and Alliqua Biomedical, Inc.,
which produces the MIST Therapy System. Due to their size, in general these companies may have the same advantages over us as discussed with respect to our competitors in
the paragraph above. However, these ultrasound devices are indicated for use only in medical clinics and require an operator to deliver their treatment, thus limiting their use
and application. The MIST Therapy System and Quostic Therapy System are a non-contact ultrasound device that delivers ultrasound through a mist that is applied directly on
the wound.

We  believe  that  these  therapies  are  less  advantageous  than  WoundShield  because  they  require  an  operator  to  deliver  the  treatment  and  the  removal  of  bandages  to
target the wound bed. In contrast, the WoundShield patch sits on normal skin bordering the open wound and no manipulation of the wound bandage is required. Moreover,
WoundShield can be self-administered, without an operator, in both clinics and home settings. We also believe that WoundShield will prove to be an effective alternative to
treating  chronic  wounds  at  a  lower  price  than  the  existing  products  being  used  by  medical  practitioners. As  such,  we  believe  that  facilities  that  are  reimbursed  based  upon
diagnosis-related groups will be more inclined to adopt WoundShield because it will provide the same therapeutic results at a significantly lower cost than traditional ultrasound
therapies.

We are also aware of a small clinical study, for which results were reported in August 2013, in which a small ultrasound device showed positive results in the treatment
of venous ulcers, a type of chronic wound. We understand that this product does not generate surface acoustic waves as our products do, which means that the treatment area is
generally limited to that of the transducer’s diameter. We believe our products would have certain other advantages over this potential device, if developed, including that our
products weigh less and are thinner. However, given the early stage of development of this potential device, we cannot say with certainty how our products would compare.

The  most  common  method  of  oxygen  administration  for  wound  healing  is  hyperbaric  oxygen  therapy,  especially  to  treat  specific  ulcerations  in  diabetic  patients.
Hyperbaric  oxygen  therapy  has  been  shown  to  increase  vascular  endothelial  growth  factor  expression,  which  measures  the  creation  of  new  blood  vessels  (Fok  TC,  at  el,
“Hyperbaric oxygen results in increased vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) protein expression in rabbit calvarial critical-sized defects”, Schulich School of Medicine
and Dentistry, University of Western Ontario, Canada). The activation of endothelial cells by VEGF sets in motion a series of steps toward the creation of new blood vessels (J
Lewis et al, National Cancer Institute, Understanding Cancer and Related Topics, Understanding Angiogenesis). We believe that the WoundShield instillation patch, which can
be used as an oxygen instillation system, will be complementary to, or in some cases an alternative, to the use of hyperbaric chamber therapy. This complementary treatment
option will allow the treating physician greater therapeutic versatility in treating wounds. For a certain populace of patients, we believe that the WoundShield instillation patch
could provide physicians with an alternative to hyperbaric oxygen therapy because it provides the same benefits as hyperbaric oxygen therapy at a lower cost to the patient.
There are a number of competitors in the hyperbaric chamber therapy market, including approximately eight companies in the United States. Due to their size, in general these
companies may have the same advantages over us discussed with respect to our competitors in the first paragraph of this section. However, we believe that the WoundShield
instillation  patch  possesses  certain  advantages  over  the  existing  hyperbaric  chamber  therapy,  including  lower  cost  and  greater  ease  of  use.  In  addition,  we  believe  that  the
WoundShield instillation patch will not necessarily compete with hyperbaric chamber therapy, but rather will often complement such therapy.

While we believe that WoundShield is well positioned to capture a share of the wound care market, WoundShield may be unable to achieve its anticipated place in the
wound  care  market  due  to  a  number  of  factors,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  an  inability  to  obtain  the  approval  of  the  U.S.  Food  and  Drug Administration,  for  which  it  is
indicated  and  its  failure  to  be  adopted  by  health  care  practitioners  and  facilities  or  patients  because  of  its  status  as  a  new  product  in  a  market  that  relies  on  patient-focused
initiative to treat wounds.

Regulatory Strategy

For a general discussion of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration approval process with respect to our products, and regulation of our products in general, see “–

Government Regulation” below.

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  general  regulatory  strategy  for  WoundShield  is  focused  on  seeking  U.S.  Food  and  Drug Administration  approval  for  a  variety  of  indications.  WoundShield

obtained CE Mark approval in November 2012.

Sales and Marketing

WoundShield has generated minimal revenues to date). In March 2020 we signed a license agreement with Sanuwave Health, Inc. for the manufacture and delivery of

our WoundShield technology.

Clinical Trials

With respect to WoundShield, to date, we have conducted the following evaluation studies:

Purpose
Clinical
evaluation
Physician
initiated

Clinical
evaluation
Physician
initiated

Clinical
evaluation
Physician
initiated

  Doctor/Location
  Dr. J. Rosenblum,
Shaare Zedek
Medical Center

Time,
subjects
2008
8 patients

  Objectives
  To evaluate novel technology on
wound healing in diabetic foot
ulcers.

  Results
  Therapy showed significant changes in wound, wound size was
reduced, patients felt less pain, necrotic tissue was less adhesive,
necrotic tissue decreased in size. The duration of the trial was one
week.

  Dr. J. Rosenblum,
Shaare Zedek
Medical Center

2010
8 patients

  To evaluate novel technology on
wound healing in diabetic foot
ulcers.

  The device, a precursor device to WoundShield using the same
technology as WoundShield, had a positive effect on both
epithelization of diabetic wounds and stimulating the precursors of
dermal and epidermal growth. The duration of the trial was one
week.

  Dr. S. Covington

2010
7 patients

  The study aimed to determine if

hyper oxygenated saline delivered
by surface acoustic waves
improves tissue oxygenation in
lower extremity wounds.

Surface acoustic wave technology in conjunction with oxygenated
saline can increase interstitial oxygen in wound bed. This trial to
validate proof of concept was put on hold due to financial
constraints. The duration of the trial was two weeks.

Third Party Reimbursement

NanoVibronix has entered into an agreement with Redemption Revenue Cycle Solutions LLC, beginning on January 1, 2019. RRCS has an expertise in establishing

reimbursement at a reasonable rate, and facilitating the billing for both NanoVibronix and its distributors.

We anticipate that sales volumes and prices of the products we commercialize will depend in large part on the availability of coverage and reimbursement from third
party  payers.  Third  party  payers  include  governmental  programs  such  as  Medicare  and  Medicaid,  private  insurance  plans  and  workers’  compensation  plans,  among  others.
These third party payers may deny coverage and reimbursement for a product or therapy, in whole or in part, if they determine that the product or therapy was not medically
appropriate or necessary. The third party payers also may place limitations on the types of physicians or clinicians that can perform specific types of procedures. In addition,
third  party  payers  are  increasingly  challenging  the  prices  charged  for  medical  products  and  services.  Some  third  party  payers  must  also  pre-approve  coverage  for  new  or
innovative devices or therapies before they will reimburse health care providers who use the products or therapies. Even though a new product may have been approved or
cleared by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration for commercial distribution, we may find limited demand for the device until adequate reimbursement has been obtained
from governmental and private third party payers.

In international markets, reimbursement and healthcare payment systems vary significantly by country, and many countries have instituted price ceilings on specific
product lines and procedures. There can be no assurance that procedures using our products will be considered medically reasonable and necessary for a specific indication, that
our products will be considered cost-effective by third party payers, that an adequate level of reimbursement will be available or that the third party payers’ reimbursement
policies will not adversely affect our ability to sell our products profitably.

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In the United States, some insured individuals are receiving their medical care through managed care programs, which monitor and often require pre-approval of the
services that a member will receive. Some managed care programs are paying their providers on a per capita basis, which puts the providers at financial risk for the services
provided to their patients by paying these providers a predetermined payment per member per month, and consequently, may limit the willingness of these providers to use
certain products, including ours.

One of the components in the reimbursement decision by most private insurers and governmental payers, including the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services,
which administers Medicare, is the assignment of a billing code. Billing codes are used to identify the procedures performed when providers submit claims to third party payers
for reimbursement for medical services. They also generally form the basis for payment amounts.

Obtaining reimbursement approval for a product from any government or other third party payer is a time-consuming and costly process that could require us or our
distributors to provide supporting scientific, clinical and cost-effectiveness data for the use of our product to each payer. Even if a code is obtained for a product, a third party
payer  must  still  make  coverage  and  payment  determinations.  When  a  payer  determines  that  a  product  that  is  eligible  for  reimbursement,  the  payer  may  impose  coverage
limitations that preclude payment for some uses that are approved by the FDA or other foreign regulatory authorities. We believe that the overall escalating costs of medical
products and services has led to, and will continue to lead to, increased pressures on the health care industry to reduce the costs of products and services. In addition, health care
reform measures, as well as legislative and regulatory initiatives at the federal and state levels, create significant additional uncertainties. There can be no assurance that third
party coverage and reimbursement will be available or adequate, or that future legislation, regulation, or reimbursement policies of third party payers will not adversely affect
the demand for our products or our ability to sell these products on a profitable basis. The unavailability or inadequacy of third party payer coverage or reimbursement would
have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

UroShield. We expect these products to be used in inpatient settings and therefore reimbursed under the DRG or per diem reimbursement system. In addition, in an
outpatient or home setting, we anticipate that these products will initially be purchased privately until a reimbursement code is obtained. However, we believe that if we can
empirically demonstrate UroShield’s efficacy in preventing recurrent hospitals admission in chronic Foley catheter patients and reducing overall per-patient cost, third party
payers may accelerate the reimbursement approval process since the device could reduce their overall per-patient cost. We believe the natural progression of the adoption of this
technology will allow for use in the home setting. We intend to pursue reimbursement in the Medicare Part B code to support the use for long term catheter use and infection
prevention in the home.

PainShield. Recently, CMS approval for Medicare reimbursement was added through code K1004. The value of the reimbursement has not yet been confirmed.

WoundShield. We believe that the initial usage of these products will be in the hospital setting. Reimbursement in the hospital setting is typically governed by the
Diagnosis Related Group system, or DRG system, which is a prospective payment methodology that assigns a predetermined, fixed amount based on the patient’s diagnoses.
Such reimbursement will be sought by Sanuwave Health Inc. as the licensee of this technology.

New Product Under Development

Renooskin

In 2016, we started developing a device for the facial rejuvenation market called Renooskin. Previous in vitro studies on human skin were done showing that the SAW
technology provided skin rejuvenation comparable to Retinol A which is a well-accepted anti-aging cream. We have developed a head band like applicator for the PainShield
SAW treatment and are in the process of arranging for a pilot trial with a cosmetic dermatologist and/or plastic surgeon. We believe that, subject to proof of efficacy of the
Renooskin and receiving regulatory approval, the device can be sold in a non-reimbursement market since cosmetic devices are private pay. We are still considering several
paths towards commercialization.

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Intellectual Property

Patents

We have rights to five patents in the United States. Granted U.S. Patent No. 7,393,501 (having the following foreign counterparts: China 100482171; Israel 165422;
Japan  4504183;  India  246351;  Australia  2003231892;  European  Union  1511414  B)  directed  to “Method,  apparatus  and  system  for  treating  biofilms  associated  with
catheters” and granted U.S. Patent No. 7,829,029 (having the following foreign counterparts: China 101616707 and European Union 1998834) directed to  “Acoustic  add-on
device for biofilm prevention in urinary catheter,” both relate to the use of surface acoustic waves to prevent biofilm formation on indwelling catheters. These granted U.S.
patents  expire  on  December  19,  2023  and  October  27,  2025,  respectively.  Granted  U.S  Patent  No.  9,028,748  directed  to “System  and  method  for  surface  acoustic  wave
treatment of medical devices,” relates to methods of generating surface acoustic waves on medical device surfaces on both indwelling medical devices and implants to prevent
biofilm  formation.    This  U.S.  patent  expires  on  July  11,  2030.  Granted  U.S.  Patent  No.  9,585,977  (having  the  following  foreign  counterparts:  China  101431940,  European
Union  1991129,  and  Israel  193600)  directed  to “System  and  method  for  surface  acoustic  waves  treatment  of  skin,”  relates  to  methods  of  using  surface  acoustic  waves  for
treatment of skin for the purpose of wound-healing, reducing infection, pain reduction and cosmetic enhancements. This U.S. patent expires on August 20, 2033. In addition,
pursuant  to  a  license  agreement  with  PIzo-Top  Ltd.  and  P.M.G.  Medica  Ltd.,  we  license  U.S.  Patent  No.  6,964.640  directed  to   “System  and  method  for  detection  of  fetal
heartbeat,” which covers certain technology related to detecting in-vivo motion with respect to biological parameters, such as, e.g., blood flow detection, heartbeat monitoring,
fetal motion monitoring, and fetal heartbeat monitoring. This patent expires on May 23, 2020.

Furthermore, on September 3, 2019, we filed U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/895,392 directed to “Transdermal patch of a portable ultrasound-generating
system for improved transdermal delivery of cannabis drugs and associated methods of treatment,” which expires on September 3, 2020. We intend to file and pursue a non-
provisional application by the expiration date in order to protect the disclosed technology relating to possible new applications of our existing technology.

U.S.  Patent  No.  6,964,640  B2,  “System  and  method  for  detection  of  motion,”  which  incorporate  certain  technology  related  to  detecting  in-vivo  motion  relating  to
biological parameters such as, for example, blood flow detection, heartbeat monitoring, fetal motion monitoring, fetal heartbeat monitoring, etc.. The configuration allows for an
optimal scanning range at an unlimited number of angles. These patents expire on May 23, 2020 and January 22, 2023, respectively.

We believe the granted patents and patent applications collectively cover our existing products to the extent necessary and may be useful for protecting our future

technology developments. We intend to continue patenting new technology as it is developed, and to actively pursue any infringement of any of our patents.

To date, we are not aware of other companies that have patent rights to a comparable systems and methods for surface acoustic wave treatment for skin.

Trademarks

We  believe  that  our  product  brand  names  are  an  important  factor  in  establishing  and  maintaining  brand  recognition.  We  currently  have  the  following  trademark
registrations: NanoVibronix® (in the U.S. and Canada), WoundShield® (in the U.S. and Canada), PainShield® (in the U.S. and Canada), and UroShield® (in the U.S.).   We
also have pending trademark applications in the U.S. and Canada for “PainShield CBD,” which we filed in anticipation of the specific technology covered by the provisional
application referenced above.  Finally, we intend to re-file and pursue our previously acquired trademark registration for “Curing though prevention”®, which expired in July
2015.  Generally, the protection afforded by trademarks is perpetual, subject to paying timely renewals and continuing proper use in commerce.

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Government Regulation

U.S. Food and Drug Administration Regulation

Each of our products must be approved, cleared by, or registered with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration before it is marketed in the United States. Before and
after approval or clearance in the United States, our products, approved or cleared products and product candidates, are subject to extensive regulation by the U.S. Food and
Drug Administration under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act and/or the Public Health Service Act, as well as by other regulatory bodies. The U.S. Food and Drug
Administration  regulations  govern,  among  other  things,  the  development,  testing,  manufacturing,  labeling,  safety,  storage,  record-keeping,  market  clearance  or  approval,
advertising and promotion, import and export, marketing and sales, and distribution of medical devices and pharmaceutical products. PainShield has already obtained 510(k)
marketing approval by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration.

U.S. Food and Drug Administration Approval or Clearance of Medical Devices

In the United States, medical devices are subject to varying degrees of regulatory control and are classified in one of three classes depending on the extent of controls

the U.S. Food and Drug Administration determines are necessary to reasonably ensure their safety and efficacy:

● Class I: general controls, such as labeling and adherence to quality system regulations, and a pre-market notification (510(k)) unless exempt;

● Class II: special controls, pre-market notification (510(k)) unless exempt, specific controls such as performance standards, patient registries and post-market surveillance

and additional controls such as labeling and adherence to quality system regulations; and

● Class III: special controls and approval of a Pre-Market Approval, or PMA, application.

WoundShield and PainShield are classified as Class II medical devices and require U.S. Food and Drug Administration authorization prior to marketing, by means of
510(k) clearance, except for our UroShield product, which we intend to seek clearance from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration through the de novo classification process,
described below.

To request marketing authorization by means of a 510(k) clearance, we must submit a pre-market notification demonstrating that the proposed device is substantially
equivalent to another legally marketed medical device, has the same intended use, and is as safe and effective as a legally marketed device and does not raise different questions
of safety and effectiveness than a legally marketed device. 510(k) submissions generally include, among other things, a description of the device and its manufacturing, device
labeling, medical devices to which the device is substantially equivalent, safety and biocompatibility information and the results of performance testing. In some cases, a 510(k)
submission  must  include  data  from  human  clinical  studies.  Marketing  may  commence  only  when  the  U.S.  Food  and  Drug Administration  issues  a  clearance  letter  finding
substantial  equivalence.  The  typical  duration  to  receive  510(k)  approval  is  approximately  nine  months  from  the  date  of  the  initial  510(k)  submission,  although  there  is  no
guaranty that the timing will not be longer.

The  U.S.  Food  and  Drug Administration  may  require  us  to  perform  clinical  studies  to  show  a  product  candidate’s  safety  and  efficacy  in  addition  to  technological
equivalence in support of our filed 510(k). No matter which regulatory pathway we may take in the future towards marketing products in the United States, we believe we will
be required to provide clinical proof of device effectiveness and safety.

After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any product modification that could significantly affect the safety or effectiveness of the product, or that would constitute a
significant change in intended use, requires a new 510(k) clearance or, if the device would no longer be substantially equivalent, would require a PMA. If the U.S. Food and
Drug Administration determines that the product does not qualify for 510(k) clearance, then a company must submit and the U.S. Food and Drug Administration must approve
a PMA before marketing can begin.

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A PMA application must provide a demonstration of safety and effectiveness, which generally requires extensive nonclinical and clinical trial data. Information about
the device and its components, device design, manufacturing and labeling, among other information, must also be included in the PMA. As part of the PMA review, the U.S.
Food  and  Drug  Administration  will  inspect  the  manufacturer’s  facilities  for  compliance  with  quality  system  regulation  requirements,  which  govern  testing,  control,
documentation and other aspects of quality assurance with respect to manufacturing. If the U.S. Food and Drug Administration determines the application or manufacturing
facilities are not acceptable, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration may outline the deficiencies in the submission and often will request additional testing or information.
Notwithstanding the submission of any requested additional information, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the
regulatory criteria for approval. During the review period, a U.S. Food and Drug Administration advisory committee, typically a panel of clinicians and statisticians, is likely to
be convened to review the application and recommend to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration whether, or upon what conditions, the device should be approved. The U.S.
Food and Drug Administration is not bound by the advisory panel decision. While the U.S. Food and Drug Administration often follows the panel’s recommendation, there
have been instances where the U.S. Food and Drug Administration has not. If the U.S. Food and Drug Administration finds the information satisfactory, it will approve the
PMA. The PMA approval can include post-approval conditions, including, among other things, restrictions on labeling, promotion, sale and distribution, or requirements to do
additional clinical studies post-approval. Even after approval of a PMA, a new PMA or PMA supplement is required to authorize certain modifications to the device, its labeling
or its manufacturing process. Supplements to a PMA often require the submission of the same type of information required for an original PMA, except that the supplement is
generally limited to that information needed to support the proposed change from the product covered by the original PMA. The typical duration to receive PMA approval is
approximately two years from the date of submission of the initial PMA application, although there is no guarantee that the timing will not be longer.

As described above, we anticipate that our UroShield product will receive a de novo review from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration. De novo review is a two-
step process that requires a company to submit a 510(k) and complete a standard review, including an analysis of the risk to the patient and operator associated with the use of
the device and the substantial equivalence rationale. Once that has been accomplished, and the medical device in question has been determined to be not substantially equivalent
to  another  approved  device,  the  product  is  automatically  classified  as  a  Class  III  device.  The  manufacturer  can  then  submit  a  request  for  an  evaluation  to  have  the  product
reclassified from Class III into Class I or Class II. The U.S. Food and Drug Administration will review the device classification proposal and either recommend special controls
to create a new Class I or II device classification or determine that the product is a Class III device. If the U.S. Food and Drug Administration determines that the level of risk
associated with the use of the device is appropriate for a Class II or Class I designation, then the product can be cleared as a 510(k) and the U.S. Food and Drug Administration
will issue a new classification regulation and product code. If the device is not approved through de novo review, then it must go through the standard PMA process for Class III
devices.

Clinical Trials of Medical Devices

One or more clinical trials are generally required to support a PMA application and more recently are becoming necessary to support a 510(k) submission. Clinical
studies of unapproved or uncleared medical devices or devices being studied for uses for which they are not approved or cleared (investigational devices) must be conducted in
compliance with U.S. Food and Drug Administration requirements. If an investigational device could pose a significant risk to patients, the sponsor company must submit an
investigational device exemption application to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration prior to initiation of the clinical study. An investigational device exemption application
must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory test results, showing that it is safe to test the device on humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically
sound. The investigational device exemption will automatically become effective 30 days after receipt by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration unless the U.S. Food and Drug
Administration  notifies  the  company  that  the  investigation  may  not  begin.  Clinical  studies  of  investigational  devices  may  not  begin  until  an  institutional  review  board  has
approved the study.

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
During the study, the sponsor must comply with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration’s investigational device exemption requirements. These requirements include
investigator  selection,  trial  monitoring,  adverse  event  reporting,  and  record  keeping.  The  investigators  must  obtain  patient  informed  consent,  rigorously  follow  the
investigational plan and study protocol, control the disposition of investigational devices, and comply with reporting and record keeping requirements. The sponsor, the U.S.
Food and Drug Administration, or the institutional review board at each institution at which a clinical trial is being conducted may suspend a clinical trial at any time for various
reasons,  including  a  belief  that  the  subjects  are  being  exposed  to  an  unacceptable  risk.  During  the  approval  or  clearance  process,  the  U.S.  Food  and  Drug Administration
typically inspects the records relating to the conduct of one or more investigational sites participating in the study supporting the application.

Post-Approval Regulation of Medical Devices

After a device is cleared or approved for marketing, numerous and pervasive regulatory requirements continue to apply. These include:

●

●

●

the U.S. Food and Drug Administration quality systems regulation, which governs, among other things, how manufacturers design, test, manufacture, exercise quality
control over, and document manufacturing of their products;

labeling and claims regulations, which prohibit the promotion of products for unapproved or “off-label” uses and impose other restrictions on labeling; and

the Medical Device Reporting regulation, which requires reporting to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration of certain adverse  experiences associated with use of the
product.

Good Manufacturing Practices Requirements

Manufacturers of medical devices are required to comply with the good manufacturing practices set forth in the quality system regulations promulgated under section
520  of  the  Food,  Drug  and  Cosmetic Act  as  further  set  forth  in  the  Code  of  Federal  Regulations  as  21  CFR  Part  820.  Current  good  manufacturing  practices  (“cGMP”)
regulations  require,  among  other  things,  quality  control  and  quality  assurance  as  well  as  the  corresponding  maintenance  of  records  and  documentation.  The  manufacturing
facility for an approved product must meet current good manufacturing practices requirements to the satisfaction of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration pursuant to a pre-
PMA approval inspection before the facility can be used. Manufacturers, including third party contract manufacturers, are also subject to periodic inspections by the U.S. Food
and  Drug Administration  and  other  authorities  to  assess  compliance  with  applicable  regulations.  Failure  to  comply  with  statutory  and  regulatory  requirements  subjects  a
manufacturer, and possibly us, to possible legal or regulatory action, including the seizure or recall of products, injunctions, consent decrees placing significant restrictions on or
suspending manufacturing operations, and civil and criminal penalties. Adverse experiences with the product must be reported to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and
could result in the imposition of marketing restrictions through labeling changes or in product withdrawal. Product approvals may be withdrawn if compliance with regulatory
requirements is not maintained or if problems concerning safety or efficacy of the product occur following the approval.

International Regulation

We are subject to regulations and product registration requirements in many foreign countries in which we may sell our products, including in the areas of product
standards,  packaging  requirements,  labeling  requirements,  import  and  export  restrictions  and  tariff  regulations,  duties  and  tax  requirements.  The  time  required  to  obtain
clearance required by foreign countries may be longer or shorter than that required for U.S. Food and Drug Administration clearance, and requirements for licensing a product
in a foreign country may differ significantly from U.S. Food and Drug Administration requirements.

The primary regulatory environment in Europe is the European Union, which consists of 25 member states and 42 competent authorities encompassing most of the
major  countries  in  Europe.  In  the  European  Union,  the  European  Medicines  Agency  and  the  European  Union  Commission  determined  that  PainShield,  UroShield,  and
WoundShield are to be regulated as medical device products. These products are classified as Class II devices. These devices are CE Marked and as such can be marketed and
distributed within the European Economic Area. We are required to be recertified each year for CE by Intertek, which conducts an annual audit. The audit procedure, which
includes on-site visits at our facility, requires us to provide Intertek with information  and  documentation  concerning  our  management  system  and  all  applicable  documents,
policies, procedures, manuals, and other information.

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  primary  regulatory  bodies  and  paths  in Asia, Australia,  and  Latin America  are  determined  by  the  requisite  country  authority.  In  most  cases,  establishment
registration and device licensing are applied for at the applicable Ministry of Health through a local intermediary. The requirements placed on the manufacturer are typically the
same  as  those  contained  in  ISO  9001  or  ISO  13485,  requirements  for  quality  management  systems  published  by  the  International  Organization  of  Standardization.  In  some
countries outside Europe, we are or will be able to sell on the basis of our CE Mark. We have the Health for PainShield, WoundShield and UroShield, a certificate by the Israel
Ministry  of  Health  allowing  us  to  sell  PainShield,  WoundShield  and  UroShield  in  Israel,  a  certificate  allowing  us  to  sell  PainShield  in Australia,  and  we  are  able  to  sell
PainShield,  WoundShield  and  UroShield  in  India  and  Ecuador  based  on  our  CE  Mark.  In  addition,  our  distributor  in  Korea  has  applied  for  approval  to  sell  PainShield  and
UroShield. We generally apply, through our distributor, for approval in a particular country for a particular product only when we have a distributor in place with respect to such
product.

European Good Manufacturing Practices

In the European Union, the manufacture of medical devices is subject to good manufacturing practice, as set forth in the relevant laws and guidelines of the European
Union and its member states. Compliance with good manufacturing practice is generally assessed by the competent regulatory authorities. Typically, quality system evaluation is
performed by a notified body, which also recommends to the relevant competent authority for the European Community CE Marking of a device. The competent authority may
conduct  inspections  of  relevant  facilities,  and  review  manufacturing  procedures,  operating  systems  and  personnel  qualifications.  In  addition  to  obtaining  approval  for  each
product, in many cases each device manufacturing facility must be audited on a periodic basis by the notified body. Further inspections may occur over the life of the product.

U.S. Fraud and Abuse and Other Health Care Laws

In the United States, federal and state fraud and abuse laws prohibit the payment or receipt of kickbacks, bribes or other remuneration intended to induce the purchase
or recommendation of health care products and services. Other provisions of federal and state laws prohibit presenting, or causing to be presented, to third party payers for
reimbursement, claims that are false or fraudulent, or which are for items or services that were not provided as claimed. In addition, other health care laws and regulations may
apply,  such  as  transparency  and  reporting  requirements,  and  privacy  and  security  requirements.  Violations  of  these  laws  can  lead  to  civil  and  criminal  penalties,  including
exclusion from participation in federal and state health care programs. These laws are potentially applicable to manufacturers of products regulated by the U.S. Food and Drug
Administration as medical devices, such as us, and hospitals, physicians and other potential purchasers of such products. The health care laws that may be applicable to our
business or operations include:

●

●

●

The federal Anti-Kickback  Statute,  which  prohibits  the  offer,  payment,  solicitation  or  receipt  of  any  form  of  remuneration  in  return  for  referring,  ordering,  leasing,
purchasing or arranging for, or recommending the ordering, purchasing or leasing of, items or services payable by Medicare, Medicaid or any other federal health care
program.

Federal false  claims  laws  and  civil  monetary  penalty  laws,  including  the  False  Claims Act,  that  prohibit,  among  other  things,  individuals or  entities  from  knowingly
presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment from Medicare, Medicaid or other government health care programs that are false or fraudulent, or making a
false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government.

The federal  Health  Insurance  Portability  and Accountability Act  of  1996,  or  HIPAA,  which  prohibits  knowingly  and  willfully  executing,  or  attempting  to  execute,  a
scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or obtain, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations, or promises, any of the money or property owned
by, or under the custody or control of, any health care benefit program, and for knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making
any materially false statements in connection with the delivery of or payment for health care benefits, items or services.

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● HIPAA, as  amended  by  the  Health  Information  Technology  for  Economic  and  Clinical  Health Act  of  2009,  and  its  implementing  regulations,  which  also  impose
obligations and requirements on health care providers, health plans, and healthcare clearinghouses as well as  their  respective  business  associates  that  perform  certain
services  for  them  that  involve  the  use  or  disclosure  of  individually identifiable  health  information,  with  respect  to  safeguarding  the  privacy  and  security  of  certain
individually identifiable health information.

●

The federal transparency requirements under the Affordable Care Act, including the provision commonly referred to as the Physician  Payments  Sunshine Act,  which
requires  certain  manufacturers  of  drugs,  devices,  biologics  and  medical  supplies  that  are  reimbursable under  Medicare,  Medicaid  or  Children’s  Health  Insurance
Program  to  report  annually  to  Centers  for  Medicare  and  Medicaid Services,  or  CMS,  information  related  to  payments  and  other  transfers  of  value  to  physicians  and
teaching hospitals, and ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members.

● Analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may be broader in scope and apply to referrals and items or
services reimbursed by both governmental and non-governmental third-party payers, including private insurers, many of which differ from each other in significant ways
and often are not preempted by federal law, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Manufacturing and Suppliers

For most of 2019 we assembled our products in-house at our facilities in Nesher, Israel. All of the component parts of our products are readily available from a number
of manufacturers and suppliers. We order component parts on an as-needed basis, generally from the manufacturer that provides us with the most competitive pricing. Our most
significant suppliers are APC International, Ltd., Tamuz Electronics, DI-EL Tack Ltd., Rotel Product Engineering Ltd. and Sinpro Electronics Co., Ltd. We do not have written
agreements with any of these suppliers, but we believe anyone could be easily replaced if necessary.

In December 2018, we announced we appointed Quasar Engineering Ltd, as contract manufacturer for the PainShield®, UroShield®, WoundShield® as well as other
devices. Quasar (http://www.quasar-med.com/) is a medical device manufacturer, located in China, with over 30 years of experience, serving major brands worldwide, with
complex catheters, disposables, and U.S. Food and Drug Administration regulated assemblies. Starting in the fourth quarter of 2019, we started using Quasar to manufacture all
of our newly redesigned products. Quasar temporarily shut down for sixty days in early 2020, due to the COVID-19 outbreak which lead to a significant delay in the production
of goods needed to fulfill our sales orders, and became fully operational in April 2020. Presently, we are no longer experiencing delays in the production of our products.

Customers

We currently sell our products both directly, through our website, and indirectly via distribution agreements, with approximately 70% of our sales coming through
distributors  in  2019.  We  expect  that  percentage  to  grow  significantly  as  we  enter  into  additional  distribution  agreements.  We  have  exclusive  and  non-exclusive  distribution
agreements for our products with medical product distributors based in the United States, in the United Kingdom and various countries throughout Europe, India, Canada and
Asia.

We  are  currently  in  discussions  with  several  distribution  companies  with  access  to  various  markets  in  the  United  States,  Europe,  and Asia,  as  well  as  Veterans
Administration  facilities.  Our  current  agreements  stipulate  that  distributors  will  be  responsible  for  carrying  out  local  marketing  activities  and  sales.  We  are  responsible  for
training,  providing  marketing  guidance,  marketing  materials,  and  technical  guidance.  In  addition,  in  most  cases,  all  sales  costs,  including  sales  representatives,  incentive
programs, and marketing trials, will be borne by the distributor. We expect any future distribution agreements to contain substantially similar stipulations. Under our current
agreements, distributors purchase our products from us at a fixed price. Our current agreements with distributors are generally for a term of approximately two to three years and
automatically renew for an additional annual terms unless modified by either party.

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Compliance with Environmental Laws

Compliance with applicable environmental requirements during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 and subsequently has not had a material effect upon our

capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position.

Employees

At December 31, 2019, we had 10 full-time employees and four contract employees. In addition, we employ several consultants on an as needed basis, to provide a

cost efficient alternative to a larger infrastructure to support the Company.

Available Information

The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments thereto, are filed with the SEC. The
Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and files or furnishes reports, proxy statements
and  other  information  with  the  SEC.  Such  reports  and  other  information  filed  by  the  Company  with  the  SEC  are  available  free  of  charge  on  the  Company’s  website  at
nanovibronix.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after we have electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports,
proxy  and  information  statements  and  other  information  regarding  issuers  that  file  electronically  with  the  SEC  at  www.sec.gov.  The  contents  of  these  websites  are  not
incorporated into this filing. Further, the Company’s references to website URLs are intended to be inactive textual references only.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Risks Related to Our Business

We have a history of losses and we expect to continue to incur losses and may not achieve or maintain profitability.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 we had a net loss of approximately $5.8 million, with revenues of approximately $530,000. As of December 31, 2019, we
had an accumulated deficit of approximately $38.3 million. We expect to incur losses for at least the next year, as we continue to incur expenses related to seeking U.S. Food
and  Drug Administration  approval  for  UroShield  and  WoundShield,  and  market  acceptance  of  PainShield,  which  will  require  costly  additional  clinical  trials  and  research,
further product development and professional fees associated with regulatory compliance.

These  conditions  coupled  with  our  current  liquidity  position  raise  substantial  doubt  about  our  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern.  Even  if  we  succeed  in
commercializing  our  new  products,  we  may  not  be  able  to  generate  sufficient  revenues  to  cover  our  expenses  and  achieve  sustained  profitability  or  be  able  to  maintain
profitability. If we are unable to raise additional capital, we may be forced to cease operations.

The recent coronavirus outbreak may adversely affect our business.

In  December  2019,  a  strain  of  coronavirus  (“COVID-19”)  was  reported  to  have  surfaced  in  Wuhan,  China,  and  has  reached  multiple  other  countries,  resulting  in
government-imposed quarantines, travel restrictions and other public health safety measures in China and other affected countries. The continued outbreak and spreading of the
coronavirus has and may continue to adversely impact our business, as our operations are based in and rely on third parties located in countries affected by the outbreak. Our
third-party  manufacturer,  which  is  based  in  China,  temporarily  shut  down  for  sixty  days  due  to  the  outbreak  and  only  recently  became  fully  operational  which  lead  to  a
significant delay in the production of goods needed to fulfill our sales orders. Additionally, the notified regulatory body we rely on to obtain European CE approval is located in
Italy and has been shut down for over a month, which delayed our submission for CE mark approval for the year 2020. The various precautionary measures taken by many
governmental authorities around the world in order to limit the spread of the coronavirus has had and may continue to have an adverse effect on the global markets and global
economy,  including  on  the  availability  and  pricing  of  employees,  resources,  materials,  manufacturing  and  delivery  efforts  and  other  aspects  of  the  global  economy.  The
financial downturn has compelled us to furlough or reduce working hours for much of our operating staff, and has forced remaining staff as well as third-party contractors, and
our clients may encounter cash-flow issues that will delay their payments to us. In addition, remaining staff members have been forced to operate remotely from their homes
resulting in delays in obtaining certain financial records. We also rely on third-party professionals to provide services such as the preparation of our financial statements and to
conduct audits, and many of these parties have been affected by government-imposed precautionary measures, thereby delaying our receipt of these services. Therefore, the
coronavirus has and could continue to disrupt production and cause delays in the supply and delivery of our products, may continue to affect our operation, may further divert
the attention and efforts of the medical community to coping with the coronavirus and disrupt the marketplace in which we operate and may have a material adverse effect on
our operations. The extent to which the coronavirus impacts our results will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new
information which may emerge concerning the severity of the coronavirus and the actions to contain the coronavirus or treat its impact, among others. The development of the
coronavirus outbreak could materially disrupt our business and operations, hamper our ability to raise additional funds or sell or securities, continue to slow down the overall
economy, curtail consumer spending, interrupt our sources of supply, and make it hard to adequately staff our operations.

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  report  of  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  expresses  substantial  doubt  about  the  Company’s  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern.  Such  “going
concern” opinion could impair our ability to obtain financing.

Our auditors, Marcum LLP, have indicated in their report on the Company’s financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 that conditions exist that
raise  substantial  doubt  about  our  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern  due  to  our  recurring  losses  from  operations. A  “going  concern”  opinion  could  impair  our  ability  to
finance our operations through the sale of equity, incurring debt, or other financing alternatives. Our ability to continue as a going concern will depend upon the availability and
terms of future funding. If we are unable to achieve this goal, our business would be jeopardized and the Company may not be able to continue. If we ceased operations, it is
likely that all of our investors would lose their investment.

If we are unable to raise additional capital, our clinical trials and product development will be limited and our long-term viability will be threatened; however, if we do raise
additional capital, your percentage ownership as a stockholder could decrease and constraints could be placed on the operations of our business.

We have experienced negative operating cash flows since our inception and have funded our operations primarily from proceeds of the sale of our securities, with only
limited revenue being generated from our product sales. In order to fully realize our business objectives, we may need to raise additional capital. We will seek to raise such
additional funds through equity or debt financings, or strategic alliances with third parties, either alone or in combination with equity financings. These financings could result
in substantial dilution to the holders of our common stock, or require contractual or other restrictions on our operations or on alternatives that may be available to us. If we raise
additional  funds  by  issuing  debt  securities,  these  debt  securities  could  impose  significant  restrictions  on  our  operations  through  the  imposition  of  restrictive  covenants  and
requiring us to pledge assets in order to secure repayment. In addition, if we raise funds through the sale of equity, we may issue equity securities with rights superior to our
common stock, including voting rights, rights to proceeds upon our liquidation or sale, rights to dividends and rights to appoint board members. There can be no assurance that
we will be able to complete a required financing on acceptable terms or at all. If such financing is not available on satisfactory terms, or is not available in sufficient amounts,
we may be required to delay, limit or eliminate the development of business opportunities. The failure to procure such required financing could have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial condition and results of operations, or threaten our ability to continue as a going concern.

A variety of factors could impact the timing and amount of any required financings, including, without limitation:

●
●
●
●
●
●

unforeseen developments during our clinical trials;
delays in our receipt of required regulatory approvals;
delayed market acceptance of our products;
unanticipated expenditures in our acquisition and defense of intellectual property rights, and/or the loss of those rights;
the failure to develop strategic alliances for the marketing of some of our product candidates;
unforeseen changes in healthcare reimbursement for any of our approved products;

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●

lack of financial resources to adequately support our operations;
difficulties in maintaining commercial scale manufacturing capacity and capability;
unanticipated difficulties in operating in international markets;
unanticipated financial resources needed to respond to technological changes and increased competition;
unforeseen problems in attracting and retaining qualified personnel;
enactment of new legislation or administrative regulations;
the application to our business of new regulatory interpretations;
claims that might be brought in excess of our insurance coverage;
the failure to comply with regulatory guidelines; and
the uncertainty in industry demand;
the delisting of our common stock from the NASDAQ Capital Market; and
the geographic, social and economic impact of COVID-19 on the Company’s business operations.

Any required financing efforts may divert our management from their day-to-day activities, which may adversely affect its ability to develop and commercialize our
products Moreover, if we complete additional financing by issuing equity securities, the percentage ownership of its existing stockholders may be reduced, and accordingly
these  stockholders  may  experience  substantial  dilution.  Given  our  need  for  cash  and  that  equity  issuances  are  the  most  common  type  of  fundraising  for  similarly  situated
companies, the risk of dilution is particularly significant for our stockholders.

In addition, although we have no present commitments or understandings to do so, we may seek to expand our operations and product lines through acquisitions or

joint ventures. Any acquisition or joint venture would likely increase our capital requirements.

If we fail to obtain an adequate level of reimbursement for our approved products by third party payers, there may be no commercially viable markets for our approved
products or the markets may be much smaller than expected.

The  availability  and  levels  of  reimbursement  by  governmental  and  other  third  party  payers  affect  the  market  for  our  approved  products.  The  efficacy,  safety,
performance  and  cost-effectiveness  of  our  product  and  product  candidates,  and  of  any  competing  products,  will  determine  the  availability  and  level  of  reimbursement.
Reimbursement  and  healthcare  payment  systems  vary  significantly  by  country,  and  include  both  government  sponsored  healthcare  and  private  insurance.  To  obtain
reimbursement  or  pricing  approval  in  some  countries,  we  may  be  required  to  produce  clinical  data,  which  may  involve  one  or  more  clinical  trials,  that  compares  the  cost-
effectiveness of our approved products to other available therapies. We may not obtain reimbursement or pricing approvals in markets we seek to enter in a timely manner, if at
all. Our failure to receive reimbursement or pricing approvals in target markets would negatively impact market acceptance of our products in these jurisdictions, placing us at a
material cost disadvantage to our competitors.

Even  if  we  obtain  reimbursement  approvals  for  our  products,  we  believe  that,  in  the  future,  reimbursement  for  any  of  our  products  or  product  candidates  may  be
subject to increased restrictions both in the United States and in international markets. Future legislation, regulation or policies of third party payers that limit reimbursement
may  adversely  affect  the  demand  for  our  products  currently  under  development  and  our  ability  to  sell  our  products  on  a  profitable  basis.  In  addition,  third  party  payers
continually attempt to contain or reduce the costs of healthcare by challenging the prices charged for healthcare products and services.

In  the  United  States,  specifically,  health  care  providers,  such  as  hospitals  and  clinics,  and  individual  patients,  generally  rely  on  third-party  payers.  Third-party
reimbursement  is  dependent  upon  decisions  by  the  Centers  for  Medicare  and  Medicaid  Services,  contracted  Medicare  carriers  or  intermediaries,  individual  managed  care
organizations,  private  insurers,  other  governmental  health  programs  and  other  payers  of  health  care  costs.  Failure  to  receive  or  maintain  favorable  coding,  coverage  and
reimbursement  determinations  for  our  products  by  these  organizations  could  discourage  medical  practitioners  from  using  or  prescribing  our  products  due  to  their  costs.  In
addition, with recent federal and state government initiatives directed at lowering the total cost of health care, the U.S. Congress and state legislatures will likely continue to
focus on health care reform including the reform of the Medicare and Medicaid programs, and on the cost of medical products and services, which could limit reimbursement.
Additionally, third-party payers are increasingly challenging the prices charged for medical products and services, and imposing conditions on payment. We may be unable to
sell our products on a profitable basis if third-party payers deny coverage, provide low reimbursement rates or reduce their current levels of reimbursement.

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The medical device and therapeutic product industries are highly competitive and subject to rapid technological change. If our competitors are better able to develop and
market products that are safer and more effective than any products we may develop, our commercial opportunities will be reduced or eliminated.

Our  success  depends,  in  part,  upon  our  ability  to  maintain  a  competitive  position  in  the  development  of  technologies  and  products.  We  face  competition  from
established medical device companies, such as Neurometrix Inc., Zetrox, Kinetic Concepts, Inc., (a subsidiary of the 3M Company) and Smith & Nephew plc, manufacturers of
certain portable ultrasound devices capable of self-administered use, as well as from academic institutions, government agencies, and private and public research institutions in
the United States and abroad. Most, if not all, of our principal competitors have significantly greater financial resources and expertise than we do in research and development,
manufacturing, pre-clinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals, marketing approved products, protecting and defending their intellectual property
rights and designing around the intellectual property rights of others. Other small or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through
collaborative arrangements, or mergers with, or acquisitions by, large and established companies, or through the development of novel products and technologies.

The industry in which we operate has undergone, and we expect it to continue to undergo, rapid and significant technological change, and we expect competition to
intensify as technological advances are made. Our competitors may be able to respond to changes in technology or the marketplace faster than us. Our competitors may develop
and commercialize medical devices that are safer or more effective or are less expensive than any products that we may develop. We also compete with our competitors in
recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel, in establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, and in acquiring technologies
complementary to our programs or advantageous to our business. Given our small size and lack of resources, we are often at a disadvantage with our competitors in all of these
areas, which could limit or eliminate our commercial opportunities.

We face the risk of product liability claims and may not be able to obtain insurance.

Our business exposes us to the risk of product liability claims that are inherent in the development of medical devices and products. If the use of one or more of our
products harms people, we may be subject to costly and damaging product liability claims brought against us by clinical trial participants, consumers, health care providers,
pharmaceutical companies or others selling our products. We currently carry clinical trial and product liability insurance for the products we sell. However, we cannot predict all
of the possible harms or side effects that may result and, therefore, the amount of insurance coverage we hold may not be adequate to cover all liabilities we might incur. We
intend to expand our insurance coverage to include the sale of additional commercial products as we obtain marketing approval for our product candidates in development and
as our sales expand, but we may be unable to obtain commercially reasonable product liability insurance for such products. If we are unable to obtain insurance at an acceptable
cost  or  otherwise  protect  against  potential  product  liability  claims  and  we  continue  to  make  sales,  or  if  our  coverages  turns  out  to  be  insufficient,  we  may  be  exposed  to
significant liabilities, which may materially and adversely affect our business and financial position. If we are sued for any injury allegedly caused by our products and do not
have sufficient insurance coverage, our liability could exceed our total assets and our ability to pay the liability. A product liability claim or series of claims brought against us
would decrease our cash and could reduce our value or marketability.

Our product candidates may not be developed or commercialized successfully.

Our product candidates are based on a technology that has not been used previously in the manner we propose and must compete with more established treatments
currently accepted as the standards of care. Market acceptance of our products will largely depend on our ability to demonstrate their relative safety, efficacy, cost-effectiveness
and ease of use.

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We are subject to the risks that:

●
● we do not receive necessary regulatory approvals;
●

the U.S. Food and Drug Administration or a foreign regulatory authority finds our product candidates ineffective or unsafe;

the regulatory  review  and  approval  process  may  take  much  longer  than  anticipated,  requiring  additional  time,  effort  and  expense to  respond  to  regulatory  comments
and/or directives;

● we are unable to get our product candidates in commercial quantities at reasonable costs; and
●

the patient and physician community does not accept our product candidates.

In addition, our product development program may be curtailed, redirected, eliminated or delayed at any time for many reasons, including:

●
●
●
●

adverse or ambiguous results;
undesirable side effects that delay or extend the trials;
the inability to locate, recruit, qualify and retain a sufficient number of clinical investigators or patients for our trials; and
regulatory delays or other regulatory actions.

Additionally, we currently have limited experience in marketing or selling our products, and we have a limited marketing and sales staff and distribution capabilities.
Developing a marketing and sales force is time-consuming and will involve the investment of significant amounts of financial and management resources, and could delay the
launch of new products or expansion of existing product sales. In addition, we compete with many companies that currently have extensive and well-funded marketing and sales
operations. If we fail to establish successful marketing and sales capabilities or fail to enter into successful marketing arrangements with third parties, our ability to generate
revenues will suffer.

Furthermore,  even  if  we  enter  into  marketing  and  distributing  arrangements  with  third  parties,  we  may  have  limited  or  no  control  over  the  sales,  marketing  and
distribution activities of these third parties, and these third parties may not be successful or effective in selling and marketing our products. If we fail to create successful and
effective marketing and distribution channels, our ability to generate revenue and achieve our anticipated growth could be adversely affected. If these distributors experience
financial or other difficulties, sales of our products could be reduced, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.

We cannot predict whether we will successfully develop and commercialize our product candidates. If we fail to do so, we will not be able to generate substantial

revenues, if any.

If we fail to retain our key management, or to attract and keep additional key personnel, we may be unable to successfully execute our business plan.

Our success depends on our ability to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified management and personnel. As a small company with ten full-time employees and
four contract employees, our success depends on the continuing contributions of our management team and qualified personnel and on our ability to attract and retain highly
qualified personnel. We face intense competition in our hiring efforts from other medical device companies, as well as from universities and nonprofit research organizations,
and we may have to pay higher salaries to attract and retain qualified personnel. We are also at a disadvantage in recruiting and retaining key personnel as our small size and
limited resources may be viewed as providing a less stable environment, with fewer opportunities than would be the case at one of our larger competitors. The loss of one or
more  of  these  individuals,  or  our  inability  to  attract  additional  qualified  personnel,  could  substantially  impair  our  ability  to  implement  our  business  plan.  In  addition,  the
replacement of key personnel likely would involve significant time and costs, and may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives.

Our need to increase the size of our organization and may not successfully manage our growth.

We are a clinical-stage company with a small number of planned employees, and our management systems currently in place are not likely to be adequate to support
our  future  growth  plans.  Our  ability  to  grow  and  to  manage  its  growth  effectively  will  require  us  to  hire,  train,  retain,  manage  and  motivate  additional  employees  and  to
implement  and  improve  its  operational,  financial  and  management  systems.  These  demands  also  may  require  the  hiring  of  additional  senior  management  personnel  or  the
development  of  additional  expertise  by  our  senior  management  personnel.  Hiring  a  significant  number  of  additional  employees,  particularly  those  at  the  management  level,
would increase our expenses significantly. Moreover, if we fail to expand and enhance its operational, financial and management systems in conjunction with its potential future
growth, such failure could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our failure to protect our intellectual property rights could diminish the value of our solutions, weaken our competitive position and reduce our revenue.

We regard the protection of our intellectual property, which includes patents and patent applications, trade secrets, trademarks and domain names, as critical to our
success. We strive to protect our intellectual property rights by relying on federal, state and common law rights, as well as contractual restrictions. We enter into confidentiality
and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants and contractors, and confidentiality agreements with parties with whom we conduct business in order to
limit access to, and disclosure and use of, our proprietary information. However, these contractual arrangements and the other steps we have taken to protect our intellectual
property may not prevent the misappropriation of our proprietary information or deter independent development of similar technologies by others.

We  have  obtained  patents  and  we  have  patent  applications  pending  in  both  the  United  States  and  foreign  jurisdictions.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  our  patent
applications will be approved, that any patents issued will adequately protect our intellectual property, or that these patents will not be challenged by third parties or found to be
invalid or unenforceable. We have also obtained trademark registration in the United States and in foreign jurisdictions. Effective trade secret, trademark and patent protection is
expensive  to  develop  and  maintain,  both  in  terms  of  initial  and  ongoing  registration  requirements  and  the  costs  of  defending  our  rights.  We  may  be  required  to  protect  our
intellectual property in an increasing number of jurisdictions, a process that is expensive and may not be successful or which we may not pursue in every location. We may,
over time, increase our investment in protecting our intellectual property through additional patent filings that could be expensive and time-consuming.

Monitoring  unauthorized  use  of  our  intellectual  property  is  difficult  and  costly.  Our  efforts  to  protect  our  proprietary  rights  may  not  be  adequate  to  prevent
misappropriation of our intellectual property. We may not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights. Further, our
competitors may independently develop technologies that are similar to ours but which avoid the scope of our intellectual property rights. Further, the laws in the United States
and elsewhere change rapidly, and any future changes could adversely affect us and our intellectual property. Our failure to meaningfully protect our intellectual property could
result in competitors offering solutions that incorporate our most technologically advanced features, which could seriously reduce demand for our products. In addition, we may
in the future need to initiate infringement claims or litigation. Litigation, whether we are a plaintiff or a defendant, can be expensive, time-consuming and may divert the efforts
of our technical staff and managerial personnel, which could harm our business, whether or not the litigation results in a determination that is unfavorable to us. In addition,
litigation is inherently uncertain, and thus we may not be able to stop our competitors from infringing our intellectual property rights.

We could incur substantial costs and disruption to our business as a result of any dispute related to, or claim of infringement of another party’s intellectual property rights,
which could harm our business and operating results.

In recent years, there has been significant litigation in the United States over patents and other intellectual property rights. From time to time, we may face allegations
that we or customers who use our products have infringed the trademarks, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property rights of third parties, including allegations made
by  our  competitors  or  by  non-practicing  entities,  or  that  we  or  our  customers  have  misappropriated  the  intellectual  property  rights  of  such  third  parties.  We  cannot  predict
whether assertions of third party intellectual property rights or claims arising from these assertions will substantially harm our business and operating results. If we are forced to
defend  any  infringement  or  misappropriation  claims  or  attacks  on  the  validity  of  our  intellectual  property  rights,  whether  they  are  with  or  without  merit  or  are  ultimately
determined in our favor, we may face costly litigation and diversion of technical and management personnel. Most of our competitors have substantially greater resources than
we  do  and  are  able  to  sustain  the  cost  of  complex  intellectual  property  litigation  to  a  greater  extent  and  for  longer  periods  of  time  than  we  could.  Furthermore,  an  adverse
outcome of a dispute may require us, among other things: to pay damages, potentially including treble damages and attorneys’ fees, if we are found to have willfully infringed a
party’s patent or other intellectual property rights; to cease making, licensing or using products that are alleged to incorporate or make use of the intellectual property of others;
to expend additional development resources to redesign our products; and to enter into potentially unfavorable royalty or license agreements in order to obtain the rights to use
necessary technologies. Royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may be unavailable on terms acceptable to us, or at all. In any event, we may need to license intellectual
property which would require us to pay royalties or make one-time payments. Even if these matters do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor or without significant
cash settlements, the time and resources necessary to resolve them could harm our business, operating results, financial condition and reputation.

We face risks associated with litigation and claims.

We may, in the future, be involved in one or more lawsuits, claims or other proceedings. These suits could concern issues including contract disputes, employment actions,
employee benefits, taxes, environmental, health and safety, fraud and abuse, personal injury and product liability matters.

We are subject to a lawsuit filed by our former officer and director, Jona Zumeris, in December 2019, seeking damages of approximately $900,000 for breach of contract, which
matter has proceeded to settle in medication schedule to begin in late May 2020. In addition, the court has ordered the company to reserve approximately $350,000 of its cash
reserves to be available until this matter is adjudicated. See “Part I, Item 3 — Legal Proceedings”. While we believe that a major part of the allegations included in the suit are
without merit, due to the uncertainties of litigation or mediation, however, we can give no assurance that we will be able to reach reasonable settlement, or if it were to proceed
in court, prevail on the claims made against us in such lawsuit. Also, we can give no assurance that any other lawsuits or claims brought in the future will not have an adverse
effect on our financial condition, liquidity or operating results. Adverse outcomes in some or all of these claims may result in significant monetary damages that could adversely
affect our ability to conduct our business.

Our business and operations would suffer in the event of computer system failures, cyber-attacks or deficiencies in our cyber-security.

In the ordinary course of our business, we collect and store sensitive data, including intellectual property, research data, our proprietary business information and that of our
suppliers,  technical  information  about  our  products,  clinical  trial  plans  and  employee  records.  Similarly,  our  third-party  providers  possess  certain  of  our  sensitive  data  and
confidential information. The secure maintenance of this information is critical to our operations and business strategy. Despite the implementation of security measures, our
internal computer systems, and those of third parties on which we rely, are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, malware, ransomware, cyber fraud, natural disasters,
terrorism, war, telecommunication and electrical failures, cyber-attacks or cyber-intrusions over the Internet, attachments to emails, persons inside our organization, or persons
with access to systems inside our organization. The risk of a security breach or disruption, particularly through cyber-attacks or cyber intrusion, including by computer hackers,
foreign governments, and cyber terrorists, has generally increased as the number, intensity and sophistication of attempted attacks and intrusions from around the world have
increased. Any such breach could compromise our networks and the information stored there could be accessed, publicly disclosed, encrypted, lost or stolen. Any such access,
inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information or other loss of information, including our data being breached at third-party providers, could result in legal
claims or proceedings, liability or financial loss under laws that protect the privacy of personal information, disruption of our operations or our product development programs
and damage to our reputation, which could adversely affect our business.

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risks Related to the Regulation of Our Products

We  are  subject  to  extensive  governmental  regulation,  including  the  requirement  of  U.S.  Food  and  Drug  Administration  approval  or  clearance,  before  our  product
candidates may be marketed.

The  process  of  obtaining  U.S.  Food  and  Drug  Administration  approval  is  lengthy,  expensive  and  uncertain,  and  we  cannot  be  sure  that  our  additional  product
candidates will be approved in a timely fashion, or at all. If the U.S. Food and Drug Administration does not approve or clear our product candidates in a timely fashion, or at
all, our business and financial condition would likely be adversely affected.

Both  before  and  after  approval  or  clearance  of  our  product  candidates,  we,  our  product  candidates,  our  suppliers  and  our  contract  manufacturers  are  subject  to
extensive regulation by governmental authorities in the United States and other countries. Failure to comply with applicable requirements could result in, among other things,
any of the following actions:

●

●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●

FDA issuance  of  Form  483  or  Warning  Letters,  which  may  be  made  public  and  may  lead  to  further  regulatory  or  enforcement  actions, or  similar  letters  by  other
regulatory authorities;
fines and other monetary penalties;
unanticipated expenditures;
delays in U.S. Food and Drug Administration approval and clearance, or U.S. Food and Drug Administration refusal to approve or clear a product candidate;
product recall or seizure;
interruption of manufacturing or clinical trials;
operating restrictions;
injunction or other restrictions imposed on our operations, including closing our facilities or our contract manufacturers’ facilities; or
criminal prosecutions.

In addition to the approval and clearance requirements, numerous other regulatory requirements apply, both before and after approval or clearance, to us, our products

and product candidates, and our suppliers and contract manufacturers. These include requirements related to the following:

testing and quality control;

●
● manufacturing;
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●

quality assurance
labeling;
advertising;
promotion;
distribution;
export;
reporting to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration certain adverse experiences associated with the use of the products; and
obtaining additional approvals or clearances for certain modifications to the products or their labeling or claims.

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  are  also  subject  to  inspection  by  the  U.S.  Food  and  Drug Administration  to  determine  our  compliance  with  regulatory  requirements,  as  are  our  suppliers  and
contract manufacturers, and we cannot be sure that the U.S. Food and Drug Administration will not identify compliance issues that may disrupt production or distribution, or
require substantial resources to correct.

The  U.S.  Food  and  Drug Administration’s  requirements  may  change  and  additional  government  regulations  may  be  promulgated  that  could  affect  us,  our  product
candidates, and our suppliers and contract manufacturers. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or
administrative action. There can be no assurance that we will not be required to incur significant costs to comply with such laws and regulations in the future, or that such laws
or regulations will not have a material adverse effect upon our business.

Failure to obtain regulatory approval in foreign jurisdictions will prevent us from marketing our products abroad.

International sales of our products and any of our product candidates that we commercialize are subject to the regulatory requirements of each country in which the
products are sold. Accordingly, the introduction of our product candidates in markets outside the United States where we do not already possess regulatory approval will be
subject to regulatory approvals in those jurisdictions. The regulatory review process varies from country to country. Many countries impose product standards, packaging and
labeling requirements, and import restrictions on medical devices. In addition, each country has its own tariff regulations, duties and tax requirements, as well as reimbursement
and  healthcare  payment  systems.  The  approval  by  foreign  government  authorities  is  unpredictable  and  uncertain,  and  can  be  expensive.  We  may  be  required  to  perform
additional pre-clinical, clinical or post-approval studies even if U.S. Food and Drug Administration approval has been obtained. Our ability to market our approved products
could be substantially limited due to delays in receipt of, or failure to receive, the necessary approvals or clearances.

We are uncertain regarding the success of our clinical trials for our products in development.

We believe that all of our products in development, which currently consists of only RenooSkin, will require clinical trials to determine their safety and efficacy by
regulatory bodies in their target markets, including the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and various foreign regulators. There can be no assurance that we will be able to
successfully  complete  the  U.S.  and  foreign  regulatory  approval  processes  for  products  in  development.  In  addition,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  will  not  encounter
additional problems that will cause us to delay, suspend or terminate our clinical trials. In addition, we cannot make any assurance that clinical trials will be deemed sufficient in
size and scope to satisfy regulatory approval requirements, or, if completed, will ultimately demonstrate our products to be safe and efficacious.

The adoption of health policy changes and health care reform in the United States may adversely affect our business and financial results.

On March 23, 2010, President Obama signed into law major health care reform legislation under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, commonly
referred to as the Affordable Care Act, which was modified on March 30, 2010, by the enactment of the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010. The Affordable
Care Act  contains  numerous  regulations  regarding  the  payment  for  and  provision  of  health  care,  including  provisions  aimed  at  improving  quality,  extending  health  care
coverage to tens of millions of individuals, enhancing remedies for fraud and abuse, adding transparency requirements and conditions to reimbursement, and decreasing health
care costs. The Affordable Care Act also includes significant provisions that encourage state and federal law enforcement agencies to increase activities related to preventing,
detecting and prosecuting those who commit fraud, waste and abuse in federal healthcare programs, including Medicare, Medicaid and Tricare. This legislation is one of the
most comprehensive and significant reforms ever experienced by the United States health care industry and has significantly changed the way health care is financed by both
governmental and private insurers. Extending health care coverage to those who previously lacked coverage will likely result in substantial cost to the United States federal
government, which may force additional changes to the health care system in the United States. Much of the funding for expanded health care coverage may be sought through
cost savings. While some of these savings may come from realizing greater efficiencies in delivering care, improving the effectiveness of preventive care and enhancing the
overall quality of care, much of the cost savings may come from reducing the cost of health care and increased enforcement activities. The cost of health care could be reduced
by decreasing the level of reimbursement for medical services or products (including products we may sell or market), or by restricting coverage of medical services or products.
A reduction in the use of or reimbursement for products we may sell in the United States could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Affordable  Care Act  has  been  subject  to  judicial  and  Congressional  challenges,  and  legislative  initiatives  to  modify,  limit,  or  repeal  the Affordable  Care Act
continue. It remains to be seen, however, precisely what new health care reform legislation will be enacted, if any, and what impact it will have on the availability of health care
and containing or lowering the cost of health care. The manner in which the Affordable Care Act continues to evolve could materially affect the extent to which and the amount
at which health care products and services are reimbursed by government programs such as Medicare, Medicaid and Tricare. We cannot predict all impacts the Affordable Care
Act or other health care reform legislation may have on our products, but it may result in our products being chosen less frequently or the pricing being substantially lowered.

In  addition,  other  health  care  reform  proposals  have  emerged  at  the  federal  and  state  levels,  including  those  aimed  at  reducing  health  care  costs  and  increasing
transparency. We cannot predict the effect these newly enacted laws or any future legislation or regulation will have on us. However, the implementation of new legislation and
regulation may lower reimbursements for our products, increase our compliance and other costs, and adversely affect our business.

We  cannot  predict  what  additional  healthcare  reform  initiatives  may  be  adopted  in  the  future  or  how  federal  and  state  legislative  and  regulatory  developments  are
likely to evolve, but we expect ongoing initiatives in the United States to increase pressure on pricing for health care products and services. Such reforms could have an adverse
effect on the pricing and market for our products.

If we fail to comply with the U.S. federal and state fraud and abuse and other health care laws and regulations, we could be subject to criminal and civil penalties and
exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs, which would have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

All of our financial relationships with health care providers and others who provide products or services to federal health care program beneficiaries are potentially
governed by the federal and state fraud and abuse laws, and other health care laws and regulations may be or become applicable to our business and operations and expose us to
risk. For example:

●

●

The federal Anti-Kickback  Statute,  which  prohibits  the  offer,  payment,  solicitation  or  receipt  of  any  form  of  remuneration  in  return  for  referring,  ordering,  leasing,
purchasing or arranging for, or recommending the ordering, purchasing or leasing of, items or services payable by Medicare, Medicaid or any other federal health care
program.

Federal false  claims  laws  and  civil  monetary  penalty  laws,  including  the  False  Claims Act,  that  prohibit,  among  other  things,  individuals or  entities  from  knowingly
presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment from Medicare, Medicaid or other government health care programs that are false or fraudulent, or making a
false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government.

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●

The federal  Health  Insurance  Portability  and Accountability Act  of  1996,  or  HIPAA,  which  prohibits  knowingly  and  willfully  executing,  or  attempting  to  execute,  a
scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or obtain, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations, or promises, any of the money or property owned
by, or under the custody or control of, any health care benefit program, and for knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making
any materially false statements in connection with the delivery of or payment for health care benefits, items or services.

● HIPAA, as  amended  by  the  Health  Information  Technology  for  Economic  and  Clinical  Health Act  of  2009,  and  its  implementing  regulations,  which  also  impose
obligations and requirements on health care providers, health plans, and healthcare clearinghouses as well as  their  respective  business  associates  that  perform  certain
services  for  them  that  involve  the  use  or  disclosure  of  individually identifiable  health  information,  with  respect  to  safeguarding  the  privacy  and  security  of  certain
individually identifiable health information.

●

The federal transparency requirements under the Affordable Care Act, including the provision commonly referred to as the Physician  Payments  Sunshine Act,  which
requires  certain  manufacturers  of  drugs,  devices,  biologics  and  medical  supplies  that  are  reimbursable under  Medicare,  Medicaid  or  Children’s  Health  Insurance
Program  to  report  annually  to  Centers  for  Medicare  and  Medicaid Services,  or  CMS,  information  related  to  payments  and  other  transfers  of  value  to  physicians  and
teaching hospitals, and ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members.

● Analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may be broader in scope and apply to referrals and items or
services reimbursed by both governmental and non-governmental third-party payers, including private insurers, many of which differ from each other in significant ways
and often are not preempted by federal law, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and safe harbors available, it is possible that some of our business activities could
be  subject  to  challenge  under  one  or  more  of  such  laws.  In  addition,  recent  health  care  reform  legislation  has  strengthened  these  laws.  Efforts  to  ensure  that  our  business
arrangements  with  third  parties  and  our  operations  are  compliant  with  applicable  health  care  laws  and  regulations  will  involve  the  expenditure  of  appropriate,  and  possibly
significant,  resources.  If  we  are  found  to  be  in  violation  of  any  current  or  future  statutes  or  regulations  involving  applicable  fraud  and  abuse  or  other  health  care  laws  and
regulations,  we  may  be  subject  to  significant  civil,  criminal  and  administrative  penalties,  damages,  fines,  disgorgement,  imprisonment,  exclusion  from  government  funded
health care programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, which could have a material adverse
effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. If any physicians or other health care providers or entities with whom we expect to do business are found to
not  be  in  compliance  with  applicable  laws,  they  may  be  subject  to  criminal,  civil  or  administrative  sanctions,  including  exclusions  from  government  funded  health  care
programs, which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations.

Risks Related to our Operations in Israel

We conduct our operations in Israel and therefore our results may be adversely affected by political, economic and military instability in Israel and its region.

Our principal offices and manufacturing facilities are located in Israel and most of our officers and employees are residents of Israel. Accordingly, political, economic
and military conditions in Israel and the surrounding region may directly affect our business. Since the establishment of the State of Israel in 1948, a number of armed conflicts
have taken place between Israel and its Arab neighbors. Any hostilities involving Israel or the interruption or curtailment of trade within Israel or between Israel and its trading
partners could adversely affect our operations and results of operations and could make it more difficult for us to raise capital. Since the Gaza Strip’s 2007 coup, by which the
terrorist organization Hamas seized control, there have been a number of armed conflicts between Hamas and Israel – in December-January 2008-9, November 2012, July-
August 2014 and as recently as May 2019 – in all of which conflicts, rockets were fired from Gaza into Israeli civilian population centers. During the summer of 2006, Israel
was engaged in an armed conflict with Hezbollah, a Lebanese Islamist Shiite militia group and political party backed by Iran and controlling large swathes of Lebanon. These
conflicts involved missile strikes against civilian targets in various parts of Israel, including areas in which our Rehovot facilities, employees and some of our consultants are
located, and negatively affected business conditions in Israel. Civil unrest and political turbulence has occurred in other countries in the region, including Syria which shares a
common border with Israel, and is affecting the political stability of those countries. Since April 2011, a civil war that has been ongoing in Syria has escalated, and evidence
indicates that chemical weapons have been used in the region. This instability and any intervention may lead to additional conflicts in the region. In addition, Iran has threatened
to  attack  Israel  and  is  widely  believed  to  be  developing  nuclear  weapons.  Iran  also  has  a  strong  influence  among  extremist  groups  in  the  region,  such  as  Hamas  in  Gaza,
Hezbollah in Lebanon, and both the Allawite regime and various rebel militia groups in Syria. These situations may potentially escalate in the future to more violent events
which may affect Israel and us. The tension between Israel and Iran and/or these groups may escalate in the future and turn violent, which could affect the Israeli economy in
general and us in particular. Any armed conflicts, terrorist activities or political instability in the region could adversely affect business conditions and could harm our results of
operations. For example, any major escalation in hostilities in the region could result in a portion of our employees being called up to perform military duty for an extended
period of time. Parties with whom we do business have sometimes declined to travel to Israel during periods of heightened unrest or tension, forcing us to make alternative
arrangements when necessary. In addition, the political and security situation in Israel may result in parties with whom we have agreements involving performance in Israel
claiming that they are not obligated to perform their commitments under those agreements pursuant to force majeure provisions in such agreements.

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our commercial insurance does not cover losses that may occur as a result of events associated with the security situation in the Middle East. Although the Israeli
government currently covers the reinstatement value of direct damages that are caused by terrorist attacks or acts of war, we cannot assure you that this government coverage
will be maintained. Any losses or damages incurred by us could have a material adverse effect on our business. Any armed conflicts or political instability in the region would
likely negatively affect business conditions and could harm our results of operations.

Further, in the past, the State of Israel and Israeli companies have been subjected to an economic boycott. Several countries still restrict business and trade activity with
the State of Israel and with Israeli companies. These restrictive laws and policies may have an adverse impact on our operating results, financial condition or the expansion of
our business.

Our operations may be disrupted as a result of the obligation of management or personnel to perform military service.

Many of our male employees in Israel, including members of our senior management, perform up to one month, and in some cases more, of annual military reserve
duty until they reach the age of 45 or older and, in the event of a military conflict, may be called to active duty. There have also been periods of significant call-ups of military
reservists,  and  it  is  possible  that  there  will  be  military  reserve  duty  call-ups  in  the  future.  Our  operations  could  be  disrupted  by  the  absence  of  a  significant  number  of  our
employees. Such disruption could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Because  a  certain  portion  of  our  expenses  is  incurred  in  currencies  other  than  the  U.S.  dollar,  our  results  of  operations  may  be  harmed  by  currency  fluctuations  and
inflation.

We expect our revenues from future licensing agreements to be denominated mainly in U.S. dollars or in Euros. We pay a substantial portion of our expenses in U.S.
dollars; however, a portion of our expenses, related to salaries of the employees in Israel and payment to part of the service providers in Israel and other territories, are paid in
New Israeli Shekels, or NIS, and in other currencies. In addition, a portion of our financial assets is held in NIS and in other currencies. As a result, we are exposed to the
currency fluctuation risks, and we do not attempt to hedge against such risks. For example, if the NIS strengthens against the U.S. dollar, our reported expenses in U.S. dollars
may be higher than anticipated. In addition, if the NIS weakens against the U.S. dollar, the U.S. dollar value of our financial assets held in NIS will decline.

It may be difficult for investors in the United States to enforce any judgments obtained against us or any of our directors or officers.

Almost all of our assets are located outside the United States, although we do maintain a permanent place of business within the United States. In addition, some of
our officers and directors are nationals and/or residents of countries other than the United States, and all or a substantial portion of such persons’ assets are located outside the
United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to enforce within the United States any judgments obtained against us or any of our non-U.S. directors or officers,
including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state thereof. Additionally, it may be difficult to assert U.S.
securities law claims in actions originally instituted outside of the United States. Israeli courts may refuse to hear a U.S. securities law claim because Israeli courts may not be
the most appropriate forums in which to bring such a claim. Even if an Israeli court agrees to hear a claim, it may determine that the Israeli law, and not U.S. law, is applicable
to the claim. Further, if U.S. law is found to be applicable, certain content of applicable U.S. law must be proved as a fact, which can be a time-consuming and costly process,
and certain matters of procedure would still be governed by the Israeli law. Consequently, you may be effectively prevented from pursuing remedies under U.S. federal and
state securities laws against us or any of our non-U.S. directors or officers.

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risks Related to Our Organization and Our Securities

The price of our securities may be volatile, and the market price of our securities may drop below the price you pay.

We  expect  that  the  price  of  our  securities  will  fluctuate  significantly.  Market  prices  for  securities  of  early-stage  medical  device  companies  have  historically  been

particularly volatile. In addition to the factors discussed in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this report, these factors include:

●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●

progress, or lack of progress, in developing and commercializing our products;
favorable or unfavorable decisions about our products or intellectual property from government regulators, insurance companies or other third-party payers;
our ability to recruit and retain qualified regulatory and research and development personnel;
changes in investors’ and securities analysts’ perception of the business risks and conditions of our business;
changes in our relationship with key collaborators;
changes in the market valuation or earnings of our competitors or companies viewed as similar to us;
changes in key personnel;
depth of the trading market in our common stock;
changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of securities or the incurrence of additional debt;
the granting or exercise of employee stock options or other equity awards;
realization of any of the risks described under this section entitled “Risk Factors”; and
general market and economic conditions.

In  recent  years,  the  stock  markets,  in  general,  have  experienced  extreme  price  and  volume  fluctuations  especially  in  the  biotechnology  sector.  Broad  market  and
industry factors may materially harm the market price of shares of our common stock. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities,
securities  class  action  litigation  has  often  been  instituted  against  that  company.  If  we  were  involved  in  any  similar  litigation,  we  could  incur  substantial  costs  and  our
management’s attention and resources could be diverted. On March 12, 2020, the WHO declared COVID-19 to be a pandemic, and the COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in
significant financial market volatility and uncertainty in recent weeks. A continuation or worsening of the levels of market disruption and volatility seen in the recent past could
have an adverse effect on our ability to access capital, on our business, results of operations and financial condition, and on the market price of our common shares.

We have a significant number of warrants and options, and future sales of our common stock upon exercise of these options or warrants, or the perception that future sales
may occur, may cause the market price of our common stock to decline, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a significant number of shares of our common stock in the public market could harm the market price of our common stock and make it more difficult for us to
raise funds through future offerings of common stock. Our stockholders and the holders of our outstanding warrants and options, upon exercise of these options or warrants,
may sell substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market. The availability of these shares of our common stock for resale in the public market has the potential to
cause the supply of our common stock to exceed investor demand, thereby decreasing the price of our common stock.

In addition, the fact that our stockholders and holders of our warrants and options can sell substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, whether or
not sales have occurred or are occurring, could make it more difficult for us to raise additional financing through the sale of equity or equity-related securities in the future at a
time and price that we deem reasonable or appropriate.

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Although our shares of common stock are listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market, we currently have a limited trading volume, which results in higher price volatility for,
and reduced liquidity of, our common stock.

Although our shares of common stock are listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “NAOV,” trading volume in our common stock has been limited
and an active trading market for our shares of common stock may never develop or be maintained. The absence of an active trading market increases price volatility and reduces
the liquidity of our common stock. As long as this condition continues, the sale of a significant number of shares of common stock at any particular time could be difficult to
achieve at the market prices prevailing immediately before such shares are offered.

If we fail to comply with the continued listing requirements of the NASDAQ Capital Market, our common stock may be delisted and the price of our common stock and our
ability to access the capital markets could be negatively impacted.

Our  common  stock  is  currently  listed  for  trading  on  the  NASDAQ  Capital  Market.  We  must  satisfy  NASDAQ’s  continued  listing  requirements,  including,  among
other things, a minimum stockholders’ equity of $2.5 million or risk delisting, which would have a material adverse effect on our business. A delisting of our common stock
from the NASDAQ Capital Market could materially reduce the liquidity of our common stock and result in a corresponding material reduction in the price of our common
stock. In addition, delisting could harm our ability to raise capital through alternative financing sources on terms acceptable to us, or at all, and may result in the potential loss of
confidence by investors, suppliers, customers and employees and fewer business development opportunities.

On September 14, 2018, we received a letter from the Listing Qualifications Staff (the “Staff”) of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC notifying the Company that it was no
longer in compliance with the minimum stockholders’ equity requirement for continued listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market. On October 26, 2018, November 23, 2018 and
January 9, 2019, we submitted a plan and supporting documentation to regain compliance with the minimum stockholders’ equity requirement and was granted an extension
through March 13, 2019 to comply with this requirement.

The Staff notified us by letter dated March 14, 2019 that it determined that we did not meet the terms of the extension because we were unable to complete an equity
financing and evidence compliance with the minimum $2.5 million stockholders’ equity requirement for continued listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market by March 13, 2019,
and our common stock would be subject to delisting from the NASDAQ Capital Market unless the Company timely requests a hearing before the Nasdaq Hearings Panel (the
“Panel”).

We  timely  requested  a  hearing  before  the  Panel,  which  request  stayed  any  delisting  action  by  the  Staff.  The  hearing  occurred  on  May  2,  2019. At  the  hearing,  we
presented our plan to evidence compliance with the minimum stockholders’ equity requirement for continued listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market, and request an extension
of time within which to do so.

By letter dated May 20, 2019, we received notice that the Panel granted our request for continued listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market. Assuming our compliance
plan is executed and compliance with the $2.5 million stockholder equity requirement is demonstrated, the Panel will maintain jurisdiction thereafter for the balance of the 180-
day discretionary period and imposed certain conditions and reporting requirements during that period. The Panel determined to continue the listing of our shares of common
stock on the NASDAQ Capital Market, partially based upon our assurances that it had a high level of confidence that it will receive the funding needed. The Panel will maintain
a panel Monitor on the Company until September 2020.

If our common stock were delisted from NASDAQ, trading of our common stock would most likely take place on an over-the-counter market established for unlisted
securities,  such  as  the  OTCQB  or  the  Pink  Market  maintained  by  OTC  Markets  Group  Inc. An  investor  would  likely  find  it  less  convenient  to  sell,  or  to  obtain  accurate
quotations  in  seeking  to  buy,  our  common  stock  on  an  over-the-counter  market,  and  many  investors  would  likely  not  buy  or  sell  our  common  stock  due  to  difficulty  in
accessing over-the-counter markets, policies preventing them from trading in securities not listed on a national exchange or other reasons. In addition, as a delisted security, our
common stock would be subject to SEC rules as a “penny stock,” which impose additional disclosure requirements on broker-dealers. The regulations relating to penny stocks,
coupled with the typically higher cost per trade to the investor of penny stocks due to factors such as broker commissions generally representing a higher percentage of the price
of a penny stock than of a higher-priced stock, would further limit the ability of investors to trade in our common stock. For these reasons and others, delisting would adversely
affect the liquidity, trading volume and price of our common stock, causing the value of an investment in us to decrease and having an adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations, including our ability to attract and retain qualified employees and to raise capital.

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Complying  with  the  laws  and  regulations  affecting  public  companies  has  increased  and  will  increase  our  costs  and  the  demands  on  management  and  could  harm  our
operating results.

As  a  publicly  traded  company,  we  incur  significant  additional  legal,  accounting  and  other  expenses.  The  obligations  of  being  a  public  reporting  company  require
significant  expenditures,  including  costs  resulting  from  public  company  reporting  obligations  under  the  Exchange Act,  and  the  rules  and  regulations  regarding  corporate
governance practices, including those under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act,
and  the  Nasdaq  Stock  Market.  These  rules  require  the  establishment  and  maintenance  of  effective  disclosure  and  financial  controls  and  procedures,  internal  control  over
financial  reporting  and  corporate  governance  practices,  among  many  other  complex  rules  that  are  often  difficult,  and  time  consuming  to  implement,  monitor  and  maintain
compliance with. Moreover, despite recent reforms made possible by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), the reporting requirements, rules, and
regulations  will  make  some  activities  more  time-consuming  and  costly,  particularly  after  we  are  no  longer  an  “emerging  growth  company.”  In  addition,  these  rules  and
regulations  make  it  more  difficult  and  more  expensive  for  us  to  obtain  director  and  officer  liability  insurance.  Compliance  with  such  requirements  also  places  demands  on
management’s time and attention.

If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, the market price of our securities may be adversely affected.

As a public reporting company, we are required to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting. Failure to establish such internal control, or
any failure of such internal control once established, could adversely impact our public disclosures regarding our business, financial condition or results of operations. Any
failure  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  could  also  prevent  us  from  maintaining  accurate  accounting  records  and  discovering  accounting  errors  and  financial
frauds.

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rules adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 404 require annual assessment of our internal control over financial reporting. The
standards that must be met for management to assess the internal control over financial reporting as effective are complex, and require significant documentation, testing and
possible remediation to meet the detailed standards. We may encounter problems or delays in completing activities necessary to make an assessment of our internal control over
financial reporting. If we cannot assess our internal control over financial reporting as effective, investor confidence and share value may be negatively impacted. In addition,
management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting may identify weaknesses and conditions that need to be addressed in our internal control over financial
reporting  or  other  matters  that  may  raise  concerns  for  investors. Any  actual  or  perceived  weaknesses  and  conditions  that  need  to  be  addressed  in  our  internal  control  over
financial reporting (including those weaknesses identified in our periodic reports), or disclosure of management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting
may have an adverse impact on the price of our securities.

While we currently qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart of Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, we could lose that status, which
may increase the costs and demands placed upon our management.

We  are  an  “emerging  growth  company,”  as  defined  in  the  Jumpstart  Our  Business  Startups Act,  and  would  continue  to  be  an  emerging  growth  company  until
December 31, 2022, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year during which we had total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion (as indexed for inflation); (ii) the
date  on  which  we  have,  during  the  previous  3-year  period,  issued  more  than  $1  billion  in  non-convertible  debt;  or  (iii)  the  date  on  which  we  are  deemed  to  be  a  ‘large
accelerated filer,’ as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission, which would generally occur upon our attaining a public float of at least $700 million. Once we lose
emerging  growth  company  status,  we  expect  the  costs  and  demands  placed  upon  our  management  to  increase,  as  we  would  have  to  comply  with  additional  disclosure  and
accounting requirements, particularly if we would also no longer qualify as a smaller reporting company.

We  are  an  “emerging  growth  company”  and  we  cannot  be  certain  that  the  reduced  disclosure  requirements  applicable  to  emerging  growth  companies  will  make  our
common stock less attractive to investors.

The JOBS Act permits “emerging growth companies” like us to rely on some of the reduced disclosure requirements that are already available to smaller reporting
companies. As long as we qualify as an emerging growth company or a smaller reporting company, we would be permitted to omit an auditor’s attestation on internal control
over  financial  reporting  that  would  otherwise  be  required  by  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act,  and  are  also  exempt  from  the  requirement  to  submit  “say-on-pay”,  “say-on-pay
frequency”  and  “say-on-parachute”  votes  to  our  stockholders  and  may  avail  ourselves  of  reduced  executive  compensation  disclosure  that  is  already  available  to  smaller
reporting companies.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the exemption from complying with new or revised
accounting standards provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as long as we are an emerging growth company. An emerging growth company
can therefore delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of the
benefits of this until we are no longer an emerging growth company or until we affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of this exemption. Our financial statements may therefore
not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

We  will  cease  to  be  an  emerging  growth  company  at  such  time  as  described  in  the  risk  factor  immediately  above.  Until  such  time,  however,  we  cannot  predict  if
investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be
a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile and could cause our stock price to decline.

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Anti-takeover provisions of our certificate of incorporation, our bylaws and Delaware law could make an acquisition of us, which may be beneficial to our stockholders,
more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove the current members of our board and management.

Certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws could discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change of
control that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares. Furthermore, these provisions could
prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove members of our board of directors. These provisions also could limit the price that investors might be
willing to pay in the future for our securities, thereby depressing the market price of our securities. Stockholders who wish to participate in these transactions may not have the
opportunity to do so. These provisions, among other things:

●
●

●

●

allow the authorized number of directors to be changed only by resolution of our board of directors;
authorize our board of directors to issue, without stockholder approval, preferred stock, the rights of which will be determined at the discretion of the board of directors
and that, if issued, could operate as a “poison pill” to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer to prevent an acquisition that our board of directors does
not approve;
establish advance notice requirements for stockholder nominations to our board of directors or for stockholder proposals that can be acted on at stockholder meetings;
and
limit who may call a stockholder meeting.

In  addition,  we  are  governed  by  the  provisions  of  Section  203  of  the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law  that  may,  unless  certain  criteria  are  met,  prohibit  large

stockholders, in particular those owning 15% or more of the voting rights on our common stock, from merging or combining with us for a prescribed period of time.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports or publish unfavorable research about our business, the price of our securities and their trading volume
could decline.

The trading market for our securities will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Currently there
is only one research coverage by a securities and industry analyst. If one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our securities, the price of our securities would
likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases to cover us or fails to publish regular reports on us, interest in the purchase of our securities could decrease, which could
cause the price of our securities and their trading volume to decline.

We may be subject to ongoing restrictions related to grants from the Israeli Office of the Chief Scientist.

Through our Israeli subsidiary, as of December 31, 2017, we received grants of $437,000 from the Office of the Chief Scientist of the Israeli Ministry of Industry,
Trade  and  Labor,  or  the  Office  of  the  Chief  Scientist,  for  research  and  development  programs  related  to  products  that  we  are  not  currently  commercializing  or  marketing.
Because we are no longer developing the product to which the grants relate, we do not believe that we are subject to any material conditions with respect to the grants, except for
the restrictions on our ability to make certain transfers of the technology or intellectual property related to these grants described below. We could in the future determine to
apply for further grants. If we receive any such grants, we would have to comply with specified conditions, including paying royalties with respect to grants received. If we fail
to comply with these conditions in the future, sanctions might be imposed on us, such as grants could be cancelled and we could be required to refund any payments previously
received under these programs.

Pursuant to the Israeli Encouragement of Industrial Research and Development Law, any products developed with grants from the Office of the Chief Scientist are
required  to  be  manufactured  in  Israel  and  certain  payments  may  be  required  in  connection  with  the  change  of  control  of  the  grant  recipient  and  the  financing,  mortgaging,
production,  exportation,  licensing  and  transfer  or  sale  of  its  technology  and  intellectual  property  to  third  parties,  which  will  require  the  Office  of  the  Chief  Scientist’s  prior
consent  and,  in  case  such  a  third  party  is  outside  of  Israel,  extended  royalties  and/or  other  fees.  This  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  and  significant  cash  flow
consequences to us if, and when, any technologies, intellectual property or manufacturing rights are exported, transferred or licensed to third parties outside Israel. If the Office
of the Chief Scientist does not wish to give its consent in any required situation or transaction, we would need to negotiate a resolution with the Office of the Chief Scientist. In
any event, such a transaction, assuming it was approved by the Office of the Chief Scientist, would involve monetary payments, such as royalties or fees, of not less than the
applicable funding received from the Office of the Chief Scientist plus interest, not to exceed, in aggregate, six times the applicable funding received from the Office of the
Chief Scientist.

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Because we do not expect to pay cash dividends for the foreseeable future, you must rely on appreciation of our common stock price for any return on your investment.
Even if we change that policy, we may be restricted from paying dividends on our common stock.

We do not intend to pay cash dividends on shares of our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the
discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon results of operations, financial performance, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other
factors  our  board  of  directors  deems  relevant. Accordingly,  you  will  have  to  rely  on  capital  appreciation,  if  any,  to  earn  a  return  on  your  investment  in  our  common  stock.
Investors seeking cash dividends in the foreseeable future should not purchase our common stock.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

Our ability to utilize our federal net operating loss, carryforwards and federal tax credit may be limited under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended. The limitations apply if an “ownership change,” as defined by Section 382, occurs. Generally, an ownership change occurs if the percentage of the value of
the stock that is owned by one or more direct or indirect “five percent shareholders” increases by more than 50% over their lowest ownership percentage at any time during the
applicable testing period (typically three years). If we have experienced an “ownership change” at any time since our formation, we may already be subject to limitations on our
ability to utilize our existing net operating losses and other tax attributes to offset taxable income. In addition, future changes in our stock ownership, which may be outside of
our control, may trigger an “ownership change” and, consequently, Section 382 and 383 limitations. As a result, if we earn net taxable income, our ability to use our pre-change
net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes to offset U.S. federal taxable income may be subject to limitations, which could potentially result in increased future tax
liability to us.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

We lease an office and manufacturing facility in Nesher, Israel and maintain an office in Tyler, Texas. Our lease for the facility in Nesher expires on June 30, 2020.
The space is approximately 160 square meters. We pay approximately $3,600 per month under our lease. We also use a facility in Tyler, Texas from an unrelated party, for
which  we  do  not  have  a  lease  nor  do  we  pay  any  rent.  This  space  is  approximately  200  square  meters.  We  believe  that  our  facilities  are  adequate  to  meet  our  current  and
proposed needs.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time, we may be involved in certain claims and litigation arising out of the ordinary course and conduct of business. Management assesses such claims
and, if it considers that it is probable that an asset had been impaired or a liability had been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated, provisions for loss are
made based on management’s assessment of the most likely outcome.

We are subject to a lawsuit filed by our former officer and director, Jona Zumeris, on December 17, 2019 in the Haifa Israel District Financial Court, seeking damages
of approximately $900,000 for breach of the Separation Agreement executed on July 4, 2018, and to which matter both parties have agreed to proceed to settle in mediation
scheduled to begin in late May 2020. We believe that a major part of the allegations included in the suit are without merit, however, due to the uncertainties of litigation or
mediation, we can give no assurance that we will be able to reach reasonable settlement, or if it were to proceed in court, prevail on the claims made against us in such lawsuit.
The Israeli court issued a court order demanding that we restrict approximately $700,000 of the Company’s money until the matter is adjudicated. The Company appealed the
court order and believes it will prevail in court. In February 2020, the Company agreed to restrict approximately $350,000 and agreed to try to settle the matter in mediation
which is scheduled to begin in late May 2020.

There are no other material proceedings in which any of our directors, officers or affiliates or any registered or beneficial shareholder of more than 5% of our common

stock, or any associate of any of the foregoing is an adverse party or has a material interest adverse to our interest.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II

ITEM  5.  MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS  AND  ISSUER  PURCHASES  OF  EQUITY
SECURITIES

Our common stock has been quoted on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “NAOV” since November 8, 2017. Prior to that date, our common stock had
been quoted on the OTCQB over-the-counter marketplace under the symbol “NAOV” since April 10, 2015. Prior to April 10, 2015, there was no established public trading
market for our common stock.

The  last  reported  sale  price  for  our  common  stock  on  the  NASDAQ  as  of  May  12,  2020  was  $1.86  per  share. As  of  May  12,  2020,  we  had  4,313,764  issued  and

outstanding shares of common stock, which were held by 125 holders of record.

As  of  May  12,  2020,  we  had  a  total  of  2,993,142  shares  of  our  Series  C  Preferred  Stock  issued  and  outstanding.  Each  share  of  our  Series  C  Preferred  Stock  is
convertible into one share of our common stock (subject to adjustment as provided in the related designation of preferences) at any time at the option of the holder, provided that
the  holder  would  be  prohibited  from  converting  Series  C  Preferred  Stock  into  shares  of  our  common  stock  if,  as  a  result  of  such  conversion,  the  holder,  together  with  its
affiliates, would beneficially own more than 9.99% of the total number of shares of our common stock then issued and outstanding. This limitation may be waived upon not
less than 61 days’ prior written notice to us.

As of May 12, 2020, we had a total of 304 shares of our Series D Preferred Stock outstanding. Each share of our Series D Preferred Stock is convertible into one
thousand shares of our common stock (subject to adjustment as provided in the related designation of preferences) at any time at the option of the holder, provided that the
holder would be prohibited from converting Series D Preferred Stock into shares of our common stock if, as a result of such conversion, the holder, together with its affiliates,
would own more than 9.99% of the total number of shares of our common stock then issued and outstanding. This limitation may be waived upon not less than 61 days’ prior
written notice to us.

As  of  May  12,  2020,  we  had  a  total  of  1,715,000  shares  of  our  Series  E  Preferred  Stock  issued  and  outstanding.  Each  share  of  our  Series  E  Preferred  Stock  is
convertible into one share of our common stock (subject to adjustment as provided in the related designation of preferences) at any time at the option of the holder, provided that
the  holder  would  be  prohibited  from  converting  Series  E  Preferred  Stock  into  shares  of  our  common  stock  if,  as  a  result  of  such  conversion,  the  holder,  together  with  its
affiliates, would beneficially own more than 9.99% of the total number of shares of our common stock then issued and outstanding. This limitation may be waived upon not
less than 61 days’ prior written notice to us.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

None

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Not applicable.

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and
the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In addition to historical information, the following discussion and analysis includes forward-
looking  information  that  involves  risks,  uncertainties  and  assumptions.  Our  actual  results  and  the  timing  of  events  could  differ  materially  from  those  anticipated  by  these
forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those discussed under “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Form 10 -K. See “Cautionary Note
Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” included elsewhere in this Form 10 -K.

Overview

We are a medical device company focusing on noninvasive biological response-activating devices that target wound healing and pain therapy and can be administered
at home, without the assistance of medical professionals. Our WoundShield, PainShield and UroShield products are backed by novel technology which relates to ultrasound
delivery through surface acoustic waves.

Recent Events

In  December  2019,  a  strain  of  coronavirus  (“COVID-19”)  was  reported  to  have  surfaced  in  Wuhan,  China,  and  has  reached  multiple  other  countries,  resulting  in
government-imposed quarantines, travel restrictions and other public health safety measures in China and other affected countries. The continued outbreak and spreading of the
coronavirus has and may continue to adversely impact our business, as our operations are based in and rely on third parties located in countries affected by the outbreak. Our
third-party  manufacturer,  which  is  based  in  China,  temporarily  shut  down  for  sixty  days  due  to  the  outbreak  and  only  recently  became  fully  operational  which  lead  to  a
significant delay in the production of goods needed to fulfill our sales orders. Additionally, the notified regulatory body we rely on to obtain European CE approval is located in
Italy and has been shut down for over a month, which delayed our submission for CE mark approval for the year 2020. The various precautionary measures taken by many
governmental authorities around the world in order to limit the spread of the coronavirus has had and may continue to have an adverse effect on the global markets and global
economy,  including  on  the  availability  and  pricing  of  employees,  resources,  materials,  manufacturing  and  delivery  efforts  and  other  aspects  of  the  global  economy.  The
financial downturn has compelled us to furlough or reduce working hours for much of our operating staff, and has forced remaining staff as well as third-party contractors, and
our clients may encounter cash-flow issues that will delay their payments to us. In addition, remaining staff members have been forced to operate remotely from their homes
resulting in delays in obtaining certain financial records. We also rely on third-party professionals to provide services such as the preparation of our financial statements and to
conduct audits, and many of these parties have been affected by government-imposed precautionary measures, thereby delaying our receipt of these services. Therefore, the
coronavirus has and could continue to disrupt production and cause delays in the supply and delivery of our products, may continue to affect our operation, may further divert
the attention and efforts of the medical community to coping with the coronavirus and disrupt the marketplace in which we operate and may have a material adverse effect on
our operations. The extent to which the coronavirus impacts our results will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new
information which may emerge concerning the severity of the coronavirus and the actions to contain the coronavirus or treat its impact, among others. The development of the
coronavirus outbreak could materially disrupt our business and operations, hamper our ability to raise additional funds or sell or securities, continue to slow down the overall
economy, curtail consumer spending, interrupt our sources of supply, and make it hard to adequately staff our operations 

Effective  as  of  January  2020,  the  U.S.  CMS  has  approved  our  PainShield™  for  reimbursement  for  Medicare  beneficiaries  on  a  national  basis. We  were  notified  on
March  30,  2020  that  our  Medicare  Enrollment  Application  was  approved,  and  we  are  now  an  approved  Medicare  Supplier  for  DME  through  the  National  Supplier
Clearinghouse, Palmetto-GBA as well as Noridian Administrative Services, LLC, the two Medicare Administrative Contractors that handle DME reimbursement nationwide.
PainShield is currently available for Medicare reimbursement on a national level under new HCPCS (Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System) code K1004.

In March 2020, we signed a license agreement with Sanuwave Health, Inc. for the manufacture and delivery of our WoundShield technology. Under the terms of the
agreement, we will receive warrants to purchase 100,000 shares of Sanuwave stock, a $250,000 milestone payment based on receipt of U.S. Food and Drug Administration
approval,  and  10%  royalty  on  Sanuwave’s  gross  revenues  from  sales  or  rentals  of  WoundShield.  In  return,  Sanuwave  has  received  the  worldwide,  exclusive  rights  to  our
WoundShield product and technology. In addition, Sanuwave will bear the costs and clinical validation responsibilities associated with obtaining approval for WoundShield
from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and other regulatory agencies around the world.

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NASDAQ Delisting Procedure

On September 14, 2018, we received a letter from the Listing Qualifications Staff (the “Staff”) of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC notifying the Company that it was no
longer in compliance with the minimum stockholders’ equity requirement for continued listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market. On October 26, 2018, November 23, 2018 and
January 9, 2019, we submitted a plan and supporting documentation to regain compliance with the minimum stockholders’ equity requirement and was granted an extension
through March 13, 2019 to regain compliance. We were unable to complete a capital raise by March 13, 2019 and were unable to regain compliance by that date.

The Staff notified us by letter dated March 14, 2019 that it determined that we did not meet the terms of the extension because we were unable to complete an equity
financing and evidence compliance with the minimum $2.5 million stockholders’ equity requirement for continued listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market by March 13, 2019,
and our common stock would be subject to delisting from the NASDAQ Capital Market unless the Company timely requests a hearing before the Nasdaq Hearings Panel (the
“Panel”).

We  timely  requested  a  hearing  before  the  Panel,  which  request  stayed  any  delisting  action  by  the  Staff.  The  hearing  occurred  on  May  2,  2019. At  the  hearing,  we
presented our plan to evidence compliance with the minimum stockholders’ equity requirement for continued listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market, and request an extension
of time within which to do so.

By letter dated May 20, 2019, we received notice that the Panel granted our request for continued listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market. Assuming our compliance
plan is executed and compliance with the $2.5 million stockholder equity requirement is demonstrated, the Panel will maintain jurisdiction thereafter for the balance of the 180-
day discretionary period and imposed certain conditions and reporting requirements during that period. The Panel determined to continue the listing of our shares of common
stock on the NASDAQ Capital Market, partially based upon our assurances that it had a high level of confidence that it will receive the funding needed. The Panel will maintain
a panel Monitor on the Company until September 2020.

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Critical Accounting Policies

Use of estimates

The  preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  U.S.  GAAP  requires  management  to  make  estimates,  judgments  and  assumptions.  We
believe  that  the  estimates,  judgments  and  assumptions  used  are  reasonable  based  upon  information  available  at  the  time  they  are  made.  These  estimates,  judgments  and
assumptions can affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements, and the reported
amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Functional currency

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in U.S. dollars.

We believe that the currency of the primary economic environment in which our operations are conducted is the U.S. dollar; thus the dollar is our functional currency.
The majority of the proceeds from our financing activities are received in U.S. dollars, and this currency is dominant in management’s budgeting and pricing process. Although
a portion of our subsidiary’s expenses are dominated in NIS (mostly salary, production expenses and facility expenses), a substantial portion of our expenses are denominated in
U.S.  dollars.  In  addition,  most  of  our  assets  and  liabilities  are  in  U.S.  dollars  and  while  we  do  invoice  and  sell  products  in  foreign  currencies  such  as  Euros,  Great  British
Pounds and Israeli shekel, we expect that most of our revenues will be generated in U.S. dollars. Furthermore, excess cash flows are repatriated to the U.S. accounts, where they
are invested by the parent entity.

Transactions  and  balances  originally  denominated  in  U.S.  dollars  are  presented  at  their  original  amounts.  Transactions  and  balances  in  other  currencies  have  been

remeasured into U.S. dollars in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 830, “Foreign Currency Matters.”

All transaction gains and losses from the remeasurement of monetary balance sheet items denominated in non- U.S. dollar currencies are reflected in the consolidated

statement of operations in financial expenses, net, as appropriate.

Revenue recognition

We generate revenues from the sale of our products to distributors and patients. Revenues from those products are recognized in accordance with ASC 606, “Revenue
Recognition”,  in  which  its  core  principle  of  Accounting  Standard  Update  (“ASU”)  2014-09,  “Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers,”  is  to  recognize  revenues  when
promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that is expected to be received for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09
defines a five-step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, it is possible more judgment and estimates may be required within the revenue recognition process
than are required under existing GAAP, including identifying performance obligations in a contract, estimating the amount of variable consideration to include in the transaction
price and allocating the transaction price to each separate performance obligation.

Revenues from sales to distributors are recognized at the time the products are delivered to the distributors (“sell-in”). The Company does not grant rights of return,

credits, rebates, price protection, or other privileges on its products to distributors.

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock-based compensation

We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, “Compensation - Stock Compensation”, (“ASC 718”), which requires companies to estimate
the fair value of equity-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is
recognized as an expense over the requisite service periods on a straight-line method in our consolidated statement of operations.

We selected the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model as the most appropriate fair value method for our stock-options awards. The option-pricing model requires
a number of  assumptions,  of  which  the  most  significant  are  the  expected  stock  price  volatility  and  the  expected  option  term.  Expected  volatility  was  calculated  based  upon
similar traded companies’ historical share price movements. The expected option term represents the period that our stock options are expected to be outstanding. We currently
use the simplified method, in accordance with ASC No.718-10-S99-1 (SAB No. 110), and will continue to do so until sufficient historical exercise data supports using expected
life assumptions. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield from U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds with an equivalent term. The expected dividend yield assumption is
based  on  our  historical  experience  and  expectation  of  no  future  dividend  payouts.  We  have  historically  not  paid  cash  dividends  and  have  no  foreseeable  plans  to  pay  cash
dividends in the future.

We apply ASC 505-50, “Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees” with respect to options and warrants issued to non-employees which requires the use of option

valuation models to measure the fair value of the options and warrants at the measurement date.

Income taxes

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) was enacted in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. The CARES Act,
among other things, permits NOL carryovers and carrybacks to offset 100% of taxable income for taxable years beginning before 2021. In addition, the CARES Act allows
NOLs incurred in 2018, 2019, and 2020 to be carried back to each of the five preceding taxable years to generate a refund of previously paid income taxes. The Company has
been consistently in a loss position in the U.S. and at present does not expect that the NOL carryback provision of the CARES Act would result in a material cash benefit to the
Company.

We  account  for  income  taxes  in  accordance  with ASC  740,  “Income  Taxes”.  This  topic  prescribes  the  use  of  the  liability  method  whereby  deferred  tax  assets  and
liability account balances are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates
and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. We provide full valuation allowance, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely
than not to be realized.

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We implemented a two-step approach to recognize and measure uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position taken or expected to be taken in a
tax  return  by  determining  if  the  weight  of  available  evidence  indicates  that  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that,  on  an  evaluation  of  the  technical  merits,  the  tax  position  will  be
sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50%
(cumulative basis) likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement.

Warrants

We  account  for  stock  warrants  held  by  investors  as  either  equity  instruments  or  liabilities  in  accordance  with ASC  480,  “Distinguishing  Liabilities  from  Equity”

(“ASC 480”), depending on the specific terms of the warrant agreement.

Debt Issued with Warrants

We consider guidance within ASC 470-20, Debt (ASC 470), ASC 480, and ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging” when accounting for the issuance of convertible debt
with detachable warrants. As described above under the caption “Warrants”, we classify stock warrants as either equity instruments or liabilities depending on the specific terms
of the warrant agreement. In circumstances in which debt is issued with liability-classified warrants, the proceeds from the issuance of convertible debt are first allocated to the
warrants  at  their  full  estimated  fair  value  and  established  as  both  a  liability  and  a  debt  discount.  The  remaining  proceeds,  as  further  reduced  by  discounts  created  by  the
bifurcation of embedded derivatives and a beneficial conversion feature, is allocated to the debt. We account for debt as liabilities measured at amortized cost and amortize the
resulting debt discount from the allocation of proceeds, to interest expense using the effective interest method over the expected term of the debt instrument pursuant to ASC
835, “Interest”.

Recently issued accounting standards

For  a  summary  of  recent  accounting  pronouncements  applicable  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements  see  Note  3,  “Significant  Accounting  Policies”  to  the

Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part IV, Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Extended Transition Period for “Emerging Growth Companies”

We have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards under Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act. This election
allows us to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private
companies. As a result of this election, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates. Because
our  consolidated  financial  statements  may  not  be  comparable  to  companies  that  comply  with  public  company  effective  dates,  investors  may  have  difficulty  evaluating  or
comparing our business, performance or prospects in comparison to other public companies, which may have a negative impact on the value and liquidity of our common stock.

Going Concern

The financial statements have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern. Our ability to continue to operate is dependent mainly on our ability to
successfully market and sell our products and the receipt of additional financing until profitability is achieved. We have incurred losses in the amount of $5,794 during the year
ended  December  31,  2019,  and  have  accumulated  negative  cash  flow  from  operating  activities  of  $3,874  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019.  We  expect  to  continue
incurring losses and negative flows from operations. As a result, we will not have sufficient resources to fund our operations for the next twelve months from the date of filing.
These  conditions  raise  substantial  doubts  about  our  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern.  During  the  next  twelve  months  management  expects  that  we  will  need  to  raise
additional capital to finance our losses and negative cash flows from operations and may continue to be dependent on additional capital raising as long as our products do not
reach commercial profitability. Management’s plans include the continued commercialization of our products and raising capital through the sale of additional equity securities,
debt or capital inflows from strategic partnerships. There are no assurances, however, that we will be successful in obtaining the level of financing needed for our operations. If
we are unsuccessful in commercializing our products and raising capital, we will need to reduce activities, curtail or cease operations. The financial statements do not include
any  adjustments  with  respect  to  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  their  classification  that  might  be  necessary  should  we  be  unable  to  continue  as  a  going
concern.

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Results of Operations

Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2019 Compared to Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2018

Revenues.  For  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  our  revenues  were  approximately  $530,000  and  $318,000,  respectively,  an  increase  of
approximately 67%, or $212,000, between the periods. The increase was mainly attributable to increased sales from adding distributors. Our revenues may fluctuate as we add
new customers or when existing distributors make large purchases of our products during one period and no purchases during another period. Our revenues by quarter may not
be linear or consistent. We do not anticipate that our revenues will be impacted by inflation or changing prices in the foreseeable future.

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2019, the percentage of revenues attributable to our products was: PainShield – 67% and UroShield – 33%. For the twelve
months  ended  December  31,  2018,  the  percentage  of  revenues  attributable  to  our  products  was:  PainShield  –  73.9%  and  UroShield  –  26.1%.  For  the  twelve  months  ended
December 31, 2019 and 2018, the percentage of revenues attributable to our disposable products was 4.5% and 33.1%, respectively. For the twelve months ended December 31,
2019 and 2018, the portion of our revenues that was derived from distributors was 67.5% and 55%, respectively.

Gross  Profit.  For  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2019,  gross  profit  increased  by  approximately  76%,  or  $121,000,  to  approximately  $281,000  from

approximately $160,000 during the same period in 2018 mainly due to the increase in sales.

Gross profit as a percentage of revenues were approximately 53% and 50% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The increase in
gross profit as a percentage is mainly due to the entering into a licensing agreement pursuant to which the Company received a $150,000 payment which has no associated costs
of sales, partially offset by the increased percentage of sales to distributors which typically carry lower gross margins.

Our gross profit may be affected year-over-year by the mix of revenues between sales to distributors and sales directly to the end customers (where sales directly to the

end customers generally have a higher margin). As a result, we are subject to year-over-year fluctuation in our gross profits.

Research and Development Expenses. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, research and development expenses were $514,000 and $614,000,

respectively, a decrease of approximately 16%, or $100,000, between the periods. This decrease was mainly due to decreased payroll expenses.

Research and development expenses as a percentage of total revenues were approximately 97% and 193% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018,

respectively. This decrease was due to the lower costs as described above as well as the increase in revenues.

Our  research  and  development  expenses  consist  mainly  of  payroll  expenses  to  employees  involved  in  research  and  development  activities,  expenses  related  to

subcontracting, patents, clinical trial and facilities expenses associated with and allocated to research and development activities.

Selling  and  Marketing  Expenses.  For  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  selling  and  marketing  expenses  were  approximately  $1,096,000  and

$1,212,000, respectively, a decrease of approximately 10%, or $116,000, between the periods.

The decrease in selling and marketing expenses was mainly due to decreased sales and marketing personnel, and less trade show expenses and marketing campaigns.

Selling and marketing expenses as a percentage of total revenues were approximately 207% and 381% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018,

respectively. The decrease in our percentage was due to the increase in revenues and decrease in selling and marketing expenses.

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Selling  and  marketing  expenses  consist  mainly  of  payroll  expenses  to  direct  sales  and  marketing  employees,  stock-based  compensation  expenses,  travel  expenses,

advertising and marketing expenses, rent and facilities expenses associated with and allocated to selling and marketing activities.

General  and  Administrative  Expenses.  For  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  general  and  administrative  expenses  were  approximately
$3,822,000 and $2,637,000, respectively, an increase of approximately 45%, or $1,185,000, between the periods. The increase was mainly attributable to an increase in stock-
based  compensation  of  approximately  $848,000  from  the  issuances  of  stock  options,  and  an  increase  in  consulting  and  legal  fees  of  approximately  $292,000.  General  and
administrative expenses as a percentage of total revenues were approximately 721% and 829% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Our  general  and  administrative  expenses  consist  mainly  of  payroll  expenses  for  management  and  administrative  employees,  costs  associated  with  being  a  publicly

traded company, stock-based compensation expenses, accounting and facilities expenses associated with general and administrative activities.

Financial income (expenses), net. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, financial expenses, net were $47,000 and financial income, net $22,000,
respectively, a decrease in financial income, net of approximately 314%, or $69,000, between the periods. The decrease resulted primarily from no longer recording a valuation
adjustment of our warrants which were exercised in 2018.

Income tax benefit. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, our income tax benefit was approximately $17,000 and $127,000, respectively. Our
income tax benefit for 2018 was greater than the current year as a result of favorable adjustments due to lapses of statutes of limitations on its Israel tax positions. In 2019, there
was no such adjustment.

Net  Loss.  Our  net  loss  increased  by  approximately  $1,640,000,  or  39%,  to  approximately  $5,794,000  for  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2019  from

approximately $4,154,000 during the same period in 2018. The increase in net loss resulted primarily from the factors described above.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We have incurred losses in the amount of $5,794,000 during the year ended December 31, 2019 and had negative cash flow from operating activities of $3,874,000 for
the year ended December 31, 2019. We expect to continue to incur losses and negative cash flows from operating activities and as a result, we do not have sufficient resources to
fund  our  operation  for  the  next  twelve  months  from  the  date  of  this  filing.  These  conditions  raise  substantial  doubts  about  our  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern.  The
Company will need to raise additional capital to finance its losses and negative cash flows from operations for the next twelve months and may continue to be dependent on
additional capital raising as long as our products do not reach commercial profitability.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, we met our short-term liquidity requirements from our existing cash reserves and proceeds from the sale of our equity
securities,  $3,620,000  through  the  issuance  of  Series  E  Preferred  Stock  and  $630,000  through  the  issuance  of  our  common  stock.  Our  future  capital  requirements  and  the
adequacy  of  our  available  funds  will  depend  on  many  factors,  including  our  ability  to  successfully  commercialize  our  products,  our  development  of  future  products  and
competing technological and market developments. Our future capital requirements and the adequacy of our available funds will depend on many factors, including our ability
to successfully commercialize our products, our development of future products and competing technological and market developments as well as overcome obstacles that may
be presented due to developments caused by the coronavirus outbreak. We expect to continue to incur losses and negative flows from operations. As a result, we will not have
sufficient resources to fund our operations for the next twelve months. These conditions raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. During the next
twelve  months  we  expect  that  we  will  need  to  raise  additional  capital  to  finance  our  losses  and  negative  cash  flows  from  operations  and  may  continue  to  be  dependent  on
additional capital raising as long as our products do not reach commercial profitability. Our plans include the continued commercialization of our products and raising capital
through the sale of additional equity securities, debt or capital inflows from strategic partnerships. There are no assurances, however, that we will be successful in obtaining the
level of financing needed for our operations. Furthermore, the COVID-19 pandemic has created significant economic uncertainty and volatility in the credit and capital markets.
A continuation or worsening of the levels of market disruption and volatility seen in the recent past could have an adverse effect on our ability to access capital, on our business,
results of operations and financial condition, and on the market price of our common stock.

If we are unsuccessful in commercializing our products and raising capital, we will need to reduce activities, curtail or cease operations. It should also be noted that

there are no assurances that we would be able to raise additional capital on terms favorable to us.

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our future capital requirements and the adequacy of our available funds will depend on many factors, including our ability to successfully commercialize our products,
our development of future products and competing technological and market developments. However, we may be unable to raise sufficient additional capital when we require it
or  upon  terms  favorable  to  us.  In  addition,  the  terms  of  any  securities  we  issue  in  future  financings  may  be  more  favorable  to  new  investors  and  may  include  preferences,
superior  voting  rights  and  the  issuance  of  warrants  or  other  derivative  securities,  which  may  have  a  further  dilutive  effect  on  the  holders  of  any  of  our  securities  then
outstanding. If we are unable to obtain adequate funds on reasonable terms, we will need to curtail operations significantly, including possibly postponing anticipated clinical
trials or entering into financing agreements with unattractive terms.

We do not have any material commitments to capital expenditures as of December 31, 2019, and we are not aware of any material trends in capital resources that

would impact our business.

Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2019 Compared to Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2018

General. As of December 31, 2019, we had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $1,338,000, compared to approximately $896,000 as of December 31, 2018.
We  have  historically  met  our  cash  needs  through  a  combination  of  issuance  of  equity,  borrowing  activities  and  sales.  Our  cash  requirements  are  generally  for  product
development, research and development cost, marketing and sales activities, general and administrative cost, capital expenditures and general working capital.

Cash  used  in  our  operating  activities  was  approximately  $3,874,000  for  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2019  and  approximately  $3,550,000  for  the  same
period  in  2018.  The  increase  in  our  usage  of  cash  in  our  operating  activities  in  the  amount  of  $324,000  is  mainly  attributable  to  the  increase  in  stock-based  compensation,
warrant modification, settlement of derivative liabilities and increased professional fees.

No cash was used in our investing activities during the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 compared to cash used in our investing activities was approximately

$8,000 during the twelve months ended December 31, 2018.

Cash provided by financing activities during the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 was approximately $4,316,000, which was the net proceeds received from
the sale of Series E Preferred Stock and common stock in private placements completed in 2019 compared to $94,000 in 2018, which was the net proceeds received from the
exercise of options and warrants in 2018. Our future capital requirements and the adequacy of available funds will depend on many factors, including our ability to successfully
commercialize our products, our development of future products and competing technological and market developments.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2019, we have no off-balance sheet transactions, arrangements, obligations, or other relationships with unconsolidated entities or other persons
that have, or may have, a material effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or
capital resources.

Factors That May Affect Future Operations

We believe that our future operating results will continue to be subject to quarterly variations based upon a wide variety of factors, including the ordering patterns of
our distributors, timing of regulatory approvals, the implementation of various phases of our clinical trials and manufacturing efficiencies due to the learning curve of utilizing
new  materials  and  equipment  as  well  issues  that  may  continue  to  occur  due  to  the  development  of  the  coronavirus  outbreak.  While  there  were  significant  delays  in  the
production of goods due to COVID-19 issues, presently, we are no longer experiencing such delays in the production of our products. That said, there are no assurances that if a
second wave of the pandemic occurs that we will not experience significant delays in the future. Our operating results could also be impacted by a weakening of the Euro and
strengthening  of  the  New  Israeli  Shekel,  or  NIS,  both  against  the  U.S.  dollar.  Lastly,  other  economic  conditions  we  cannot  foresee  may  affect  customer  demand,  such  as
individual country reimbursement policies pertaining to our products.

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Not applicable.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLMENTARY DATA

Our Consolidated Financial Statements and the relevant notes to those statements are attached to this report beginning on page F-1.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures.

The  Company  maintains  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Rule  13a-15(e)  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act)  that  are  designed  to  ensure  that
information required to be disclosed in the Company’s Securities Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in
SEC rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Background and Remediation of Material Weakness

In connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018, we identified a material weakness in our internal
control over financial reporting related to the design and effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting as described below. A material weakness is defined as a
deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or
interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

As of December 31, 2018, we did not have adequate controls in place to ensure adequate review, including 1) effective controls over our information technology and
information systems relevant to the preparation of our financial statements, and 2) the controls over managements review procedures for processing, recording and reviewing
transactions  related  to  certain  contracts,  accounting  memos  and  certain  monthly  closing  procedures,  and  3)  we  lacked  a  formalized  written  set  of  policies  and  procedures
including testing documentation to provide evidence that our   system of internal controls over financial reporting meets the requirements of the COSO 2013 framework.

During 2019, management developed a remediation plan, whereby we implemented changes to our internal controls for these material weaknesses. Our remediation
activities  included:  (a)  expanded  consultations  with  third  party  specialists  on  complex  accounting  matters,  financial  reporting  and  regulatory  filings,  (b)  enhanced
documentation to support a more precise review process, and (c) enhanced monitoring of the review process. During the period covered by this annual report on Form 10-K, we
have not been able to remediate     the material weaknesses identified above. Although the Company has taken numerous steps, our remediation plan is not complete due to the
lack of a written testing plan to conclude if our controls and procedures and management were operating effectively; and our remediation plan has not operated for a sufficient
  period of time for the Company to complete testing to conclude that our newly implemented controls and procedures were operating effectively as of December 31, 2019.

Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls and Procedures

In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act), management recognizes that
any  controls  and  procedures,  no  matter  how  well  designed  and  operated,  can  provide  only  reasonable  assurance  of  achieving  the  desired  control  objectives.  In  addition,  the
design  of  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  must  reflect  the  fact  that  there  are  resource  constraints  and  that  management  is  required  to  apply  judgment  in  evaluating  the
benefits of possible controls and procedures relative to their costs.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under the PCAOB standards, a control deficiency exists when the design or operation of a control does not allow management or employees, in the normal course of
performing their assigned functions, to prevent or detect misstatements on a timely basis. A significant deficiency is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal
control over financial reporting that is less severe than a material weakness, yet important enough to merit the attention by those responsible for oversight of the company’s
financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility
that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

Under  the  supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  our  management,  including  our  principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer,  we  conducted  an
evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(e) and Rule 15d-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended (Exchange Act). Our management including the Chief Executive Officer and newly appointed Chief Financial Officer has determined that, as of December 31,
2019, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are not effective due to a lack of a full and complete testing plan of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures.

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined
in Rule 13a-15(f) and Rule 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial
officers and effected by the company’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that:

1)

2)

3)

Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

Provide reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  U.S.  generally
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and
directors of the Company; and

Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a
material effect on the financial statements.

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with policies and
procedures may deteriorate.

Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019 based on the criteria set forth by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, known as COSO, in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013). Based on that assessment, the Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2019.

With the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, our management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control
over financial reporting. Based on this evaluation, our management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2019,
as the result of a material weakness. The material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting that were identified was due to the lack of a testing plan to conclude if
our controls and procedures and management were operating effectively as of December 31, 2019.

As  a  non-accelerated  filer,  the  Company  is  not  required  to  include  in  this  report  a  report  on  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  by  the

Company’s independent registered public accounting firm.

Management’s Remediation Plans

We  will  look  to  develop  a  full  testing  plan  and  document  to  determine  that  management  designs,  implements  and  maintains  adequate  controls  over  our  financial
processes and reporting in the future our controls and procedures and management are operating effectively. To address these internal control deficiencies, management will
continue to perform additional analyses and other procedures to ensure that the financial statements included herein fairly present, in all material respects, our financial position,
results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting.

Other than described above in this Item 9A, there have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the year ended December 31, 2019, that

have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

PART III

The information required in response to this Item 10 will be set forth in our definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A for the 2018 annual meeting of stockholders,

which shall be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than June 15, 2020.

We  have  adopted  a  code  of  ethics  that  applies  to  all  of  our  directors,  officers  and  employees,  including  the  principal  executive  officer  and  the  principal  financial
officer. The full text of our code of ethics was filed as Exhibit 14.1 to the annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on March 31, 2017.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required in response to this Item 11 will be set forth in our Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

The information required in response to this Item 12 will be set forth in our Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

The information required in response to this Item 13 will be set forth in our Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.

The information required in response to this Item 14 will be set forth in our Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

The following documents are filed as part of this report:

(1) Financial Statements:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(2) Financial Statement Schedules:

None

(3) Exhibits:

See “Index to Exhibits” for a description of our exhibits.

62

F-1
F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of
NanoVibronix, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  NanoVibronix,  Inc.  and  Subsidiaries  (the  “Company”)  as  of  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  the  related
consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively
referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December
31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America.

Explanatory Paragraph – Going Concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As more fully described in Note 2, the
Company has a significant working capital deficiency, has incurred significant losses and needs to raise additional funds to meet its obligations and sustain its operations. These
conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The
consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our
audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with
respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  and  the
PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an
audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the
purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that
respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included
evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe
that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Marcum llp

Marcum llp

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.

New York, NY
May 20, 2020

F-1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 NanoVibronix, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Amounts in thousands except share and per share data)

December 31, 2019

December 31, 2018

ASSETS:

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Trade receivables
Other accounts receivable and prepaid expenses
Inventory

Total current assets

Non-current assets:
Fixed assets, net
Severance pay fund

Total non-current assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

Current liabilities:
Trade payables
Other accounts payable and accrued expenses

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities:

Accrued severance pay
Total liabilities

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 11)

Stockholders’ equity:

Series C Preferred stock of $0.001 par value - Authorized: 5,500,000 shares at December 31, 2019 and
2018; Issued and outstanding: 2,993,142 and 2,733,142 at December 31, 2019 and 2018

Series D Preferred stock of $0.001 par value - Authorized: 506 shares at December 31, 2019 and 2018;
Issued and outstanding: 304 at December 31, 2019 and 2018

Series E Preferred stock of $0.001 par value - Authorized: 3,999,494 and 0 shares at December 31, 2019
and 2018, respectively; Issued and outstanding: 1,825,000 and 0 at December 31, 2019 and 2018,
respectively

Common stock of $0.001 par value - Authorized: 24,000,000 shares at December 31, 2019 and 2018;
Issued and outstanding: 4,203,764 and 3,801,522 shares at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively

Additional paid in capital
Accumulated deficit

Total stockholders’ equity

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

1,338   
111   
268   
121   
1,838   

4   
194   
198   
2,036   

129   
280   
409   

279   
688   

2   

-   

2   

5   

896 
95 
95 
144 
1,230 

8 
342 
350 
1,580 

193 
447 
640 

477 
1,117 

2 

- 

- 

4 

39,669   
(38,330)  
1,348   
2,036   

$

32,993 
(32,536)
463 
1,580 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 NanoVibronix, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(Amounts in thousands except share and per share data)

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

Revenues
Cost of revenues
Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Research and development
Selling and marketing
General and administrative

Total operating expenses

Loss from operations

Interest expense
Financial income (expense), net
Change in fair value of derivative liabilities
Loss on extinguishment of derivative liability
Warrant modification expense

Loss before taxes

Income tax benefit

Net loss

Basic and diluted net loss available for holders of common stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D
Preferred Stock

$

$

$

$

530   
249   
281   

514   
1,096   
3,822   

5,432   

(5,151)  

(15)  
(47)  
102   
(288)  
(412)  

(5,811)  

17   

(5,794)  

$

(0.83)  

$

318 
158 
160 

614 
1,212 
2,637 

4,463 

(4,303)

- 
22 
- 
- 
- 

(4,281)

127 

(4,154)

(0.64)

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

Basic and diluted

6,939,358   

6,448,343 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 NanoVibronix, Inc.
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity
(Amounts in thousands except share and per share data)

Series C
Preferred
Stock

Series D
Preferred
Stock

Series E
Preferred
Stock

Common
Stock

    Additional   
    Paid - in     Accumulated    Stockholders’ 

Total

Shares

    Amount     Shares     Amount    

Shares

    Amount     Capital

Deficit

Equity

Balance, December 31, 2017

    2,483,142    $

2     

304    $

Stock-based compensation related to options
granted to employees
Exercise of warrants for common stock
Exercise of stock options for common stock
Exchange of common stock into Preferred D
Net loss

Balance, December 31, 2018

-     
-     
-     
250,000     
-     
    2,733,142    $

Issuance of common stock as compensation for
services
Stock-based compensation
Sale of common stock
Exercise of options
Issuance of Series E Preferred Stock
Reclassification of warrants
Warrant modification expense
Exchange of common stock into Preferred Stock   
Net loss

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
260,000     
-     
    2,993,142    $

Balance, December 31, 2019

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
2     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
2     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
304    $

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
304    $

-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

    Amount    
-    $

Shares
-      3,935,865    $

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-    $

-     
-     
67,670     
-     
48,017     
-     
(250,000)    
-     
-     
-     
-      3,801,552    $

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-      1,810,000     
-     
-     
-     
-     
15,000     
-     
-     
-     
-      1,825,000    $

275,000     
-     
-     
-     
315,000     
-     
87,212     
-     
-     
2     
-     
-     
-     
-     
(275,000)    
-     
-     
-     
2      4,203,764    $

4    $

32,010    $

(28,382)   $

3,634 

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
4    $

-     
-     
1     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
5    $

889     
91     
3     
-     
-     
32,993    $

1,042     
713     
629     
66     
3,618     
196     
412     
-     
-     
39,669    $

-     
-     
-     
-     
(4,154)    
(32,536)   $

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
(5,794)    
(38,330)   $

889 
91 
3 
- 
(4,154)
463 

1,042 
713 
630 
66 
3,620 
196 
412 
- 
(5,794)
1,348 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 NanoVibronix, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Amounts in thousands except share and per share data)

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net loss
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

$

(5,794)  

$

(4,154)

Depreciation and amortization
Stock-based compensation
Noncash interest expense
Change in fair value of derivative liabilities
Warrant modification expense
Loss on extinguishment of derivative liability

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Trade receivable
Other accounts receivable and prepaid expenses
Inventory
Other assets
Trade payables
Other accounts payable and accrued expenses
Accrued severance pay, net

Net cash used in operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchases of property plant and equipment

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Net proceeds from exercise of warrants
Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes and warrants
Payments of convertible notes
Proceeds from sale of common stock
Proceeds from issuance of Series E Preferred Stock
Proceeds from exercise of options

Net cash provided by financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

Supplemental non-cash financing and investing activities:

Cash paid for interest
Cash paid for taxes
Reclass warrants to non-derivative instruments
Exchange of common stock into Preferred Stock
Discount on convertible notes

4   
1,755   
10   
(102)  
412   
288   

(16)  
(173)  
23  
-   
(64)  
(167)  
(50)  
(3,874)  

-   
-   

-   
475   
(475)  
630   
3,620   
66   
4,316   

442   
896   

1,338   

5   
-   
196    
275   
414   

$

$
$
$
$
$

6 
889 
- 
- 
- 
- 

(71)
(34)
(68)
(4)
25 
(182)
43 
(3,550)

(8)
(8)

91 
- 
- 
- 
- 
3 
94 

(3,464)
4,360 

896 

- 
- 
-  
250 
- 

$

$
$
$
$
$

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 NANOVIBRONIX, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Amounts in thousands except share and per share data)

NOTE 1 - DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

NanoVibronix, Inc. (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation, commenced operations on October 20, 2003 and is a medical device company focusing on noninvasive biological
response-activating devices that target wound healing and pain therapy and can be administered at home, without the assistance of medical professionals.

The Company’s principal research and development activities are conducted in Israel through its wholly-owned subsidiary, NanoVibronix Ltd., a company registered in Israel,
which commenced operations in October 2003.

NOTE 2 - LIQUIDITY AND PLAN OF OPERATIONS

The  Company’s  ability  to  continue  to  operate  is  dependent  mainly  on  its  ability  to  successfully  market  and  sell  its  products  and  the  receipt  of  additional  financing  until
profitability  is  achieved.  The  Company  currently  incurs  and  historically  has  incurred  losses  from  operations  and  expects  to  do  so  in  the  foreseeable  future.  In  2019,  the
Company raised $3,620 through the issuance of its Series E Preferred Stock and $630 through the issuance of its common stock. Despite the cash infusion, the Company will
not have sufficient resources to fund its operations for the next twelve months from the date of this filing. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability
to continue as a going concern. During the next twelve months management expects that the Company will need to raise additional capital to finance its losses and negative cash
flows from operations and may continue to be dependent on additional capital raising as long as its products do not reach commercial profitability.

Management’s  plans  include  the  continued  commercialization  of  the  Company’s  products  and  raising  capital  through  the  sale  of  additional  equity  securities,  debt  or  capital
inflows from strategic partnerships. There are no assurances, however, that the Company will be successful in obtaining the level of financing needed for its operations. If the
Company is unsuccessful in commercializing its products and raising capital, it will need to reduce activities, curtail or cease operations. The financial statements do not include
any adjustments with respect to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their classification that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a
going concern.

NOTE 3 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of presentation and principles of consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of NanoVibronix, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary. Intercompany accounts and transactions have
been eliminated. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“US
GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

Use of estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions. The Company
believes  that  the  estimates,  judgments  and  assumptions  used  are  reasonable  based  upon  information  available  at  the  time  they  are  made.  These  estimates,  judgments  and
assumptions can affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements, and the reported
amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency translation and transactions

Non-U.S. dollar denominated transactions and balances have been re-measured to U.S. dollars. All transaction gains and losses from re-measurement of monetary balance sheet
items denominated in non-U.S. dollar currencies are reflected in the statements of operations as financial income or expenses, as appropriate. Gains and losses from foreign
currency transactions and translation for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 and the cumulative translation gains and losses as of years ended December 31, 2019 and
2018 were $24 and $19, respectively.

Earnings per share

Basic  loss  per  share  was  computed  using  the  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares  outstanding.  Diluted  loss  per  share  includes  the  effect  of  diluted  common  stock
equivalents. Potentially dilutive securities from the exercise of stock option, warrants and exercise of preferred stock as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, were
excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share because the effect of their inclusion would have been antidilutive.

Inventory

Inventories  are  stated  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  net  realizable  value.  Net  realizable  value  is  the  estimated  selling  prices  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  less  reasonably
predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. Cost is determined using the “first-in, first-out” method.

Inventory  write-offs  are  provided  to  cover  risks  arising  from  slow-moving  items  or  technological  obsolescence.  The  Company  periodically  evaluates  the  quantities  on  hand
relative to current and historical selling prices and historical and projected sales volume. Based on this evaluation, provisions are made when required to write-down inventory
to its net market value. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, there was no allowance on inventory.

Property and equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets,
at the following annual rates:

Computers and peripheral equipment
Office furniture and equipment

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Years

3
5-7

Management reviews for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of property and equipment may not be recoverable under
the provisions of accounting for the impairment of long-lived assets. If it is determined that an impairment loss has occurred based upon expected future cash flows, the loss is
recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Derivative Liability

The Company’s derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value using the Black Scholes Model which takes into account, as of the valuation date, factors including
the current exercise price, the expected life of the warrant, the current price of the underlying stock and its expected volatility, expected dividends on the stock and the risk-free
interest rate for the term of the instrument. The liability is revalued at each reporting period and changes in fair value are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations
and  comprehensive  loss  under  the  caption  “Change  in  fair  value  of  derivative  liabilities.” As  of  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  there  were  no  derivative  liabilities  on  the
consolidated balance sheet, respectively.

Severance pay

The Company’s liability for severance pay is for its Israeli employees and is calculated pursuant to Israeli Severance Pay Law based on the most recent salary of the employees
multiplied by the number of years of employment as of the balance sheet date, and is in large part covered by regular deposits with recognized pension funds, deposits with
severance pay funds and purchases of insurance policies. The value of these deposits and policies is recorded as an asset in the Company’s balance sheet. Accrued severance pay
liability at December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $279 and $477, respectively.

Severance expenses for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 amounted to $4 and $46, respectively.

F-7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue recognition

It  is  the  Company’s  policy  that  revenues  from  product  sales  is  recognized  in  accordance  with ASC  606  “Revenue  Recognition.”  Five  basic  steps  must  be  followed  before
revenue can be recognized; (1) Identifying the contract(s) with a customer that creates enforceable rights and obligations; (2) Identifying the performance obligations in the
contract, such as promising to transfer goods or services to a customer; (3) Determining the transaction price, meaning the amount of consideration in a contract to which an
entity expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring promised goods or services to a customer; (4) Allocating the transaction price to the performance obligations in the
contract, which requires the company to allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation on the basis of the relative standalone selling prices of each distinct good
or services promised in the contract; and (5) Recognizing revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation by transferring a promised good or service to a
customer. The amount of revenue recognized is the amount allocated to the satisfied performance obligation. Adoption of ASC 606 has not changed the timing and nature of the
Company’s revenue recognition and there has been no material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

Revenue from product sales is recorded at the net sales price, or “transaction price,” which includes estimates of variable consideration that result from coupons, discounts,
chargebacks and distributor fees, processing fees, as well as allowances for returns and government rebates. The Company constrains revenue by giving consideration to factors
that could otherwise lead to a probable reversal of revenue. Collectability of revenue is reasonably assured based on historical evidence of collectability between the Company
and its customers.

Revenues from sales to distributors are recognized at the time the products are delivered to the distributors (“sell-in”). The Company does not grant rights of return, credits,
rebates, price protection, or other privileges on its products to distributors.

Income taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes”. This topic prescribes the use of the liability method whereby deferred tax assets and
liability account balances are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates
and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The Company provides full valuation allowance, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is
more likely than not to be realized.

The Company implements a two-step approach to recognize and measure uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position taken or expected to be taken in a
tax  return  by  determining  if  the  weight  of  available  evidence  indicates  that  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that,  on  an  evaluation  of  the  technical  merits,  the  tax  position  will  be
sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50%
(cumulative basis) likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions on the income tax expense line in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.
Accrued interest and penalties are included on the related tax liability line in the consolidated balance sheet.

Stock-based payments

The  Company  accounts  for  stock-based  compensation  in  accordance  with ASC  718,  “Compensation  -  Stock  Compensation”,  (“ASC  718”),  which  requires  companies  to
estimate the fair value of equity-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to
vest is recognized as an expense over the requisite service periods on a straight-line method in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.

F-8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Company  selected  the  Black-Scholes-Merton  option  pricing  model  as  the  most  appropriate  fair  value  method  for  its  stock-options  awards.  The  option-pricing  model
requires a number of assumptions, of which the most significant are the expected stock price volatility and the expected option term. Expected volatility was calculated based
upon  similar  traded  companies’  historical  share  price  movements.  The  expected  option  term  represents  the  period  that  the  Company’s  stock  options  are  expected  to  be
outstanding. The Company currently uses the simplified method and will continue to do so until sufficient historical exercise data supports using expected life assumptions. The
risk-free interest rate is based on the yield from U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds with an equivalent term. The expected dividend yield assumption is based on the Company’s
historical experience and expectation of no future dividend payouts. The Company has historically not paid cash dividends and has no foreseeable plans to pay cash dividends in
the future.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). ASU 2016-02 requires that a lessee recognize the assets and liabilities that arise from operating leases.
A lessee should recognize in the statement of financial position a liability to make lease payments (the lease liability) and a right of use asset representing its right to use the
underlying asset for the lease term. For leases with a term of 12 months or less, a lessee is permitted to make an accounting policy election by class of underlying asset not to
recognize lease assets and lease liabilities. In transition, lessees and lessors are required to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a
modified retrospective approach. Public business entities should apply the amendments in ASU 2016-02 for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim
periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted for all public business entities and all nonpublic business entities upon issuance. The Company (as an EGC) that
is taking advantage of the extended transition period offered to private entities would apply this for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021. The  Company  does  not
believe that the adoption will have a material effect on the Company’s condensed interim consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In August  2018,  the  FASB  issued ASU  2018-13,  “Fair  Value  Measurement  (Topic  820):  Disclosure  Framework-Changes  to  the  Disclosure  Requirements  for  Fair  Value
Measurement”,  which  adds  disclosure  requirements  to  Topic  820  for  the  range  and  weighted  average  of  significant  unobservable  inputs  used  to  develop  Level  3  fair  value
measurements. This ASU is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company is evaluating the effect that ASU 2018-13 will
have on consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic
326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”) and also issued subsequent amendments to the initial guidance: ASU 2018-19, ASU 2019-04,
and ASU  2019-05  (collectively,  “Topic  326”).  Topic  326  requires  measurement  and  recognition  of  expected  credit  losses  for  financial  assets  held.  The  Company  will  be
required to adopt this ASU for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of Topic 326 is not expected to
have a material on the Company’s financial statements and financial statement disclosures.

Recently adopted accounting standards

In July 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-11, “Earnings Per Share (Topic 260); Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480); Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815)”
(“ASU 2017-11”), which addresses the complexity of accounting for certain financial instruments with down round features. Down round features are features of certain equity-
linked instruments (or embedded features) that result in the strike price being reduced on the basis of the pricing of future equity offerings. Current accounting guidance creates
cost and complexity for entities that issue financial instruments (such as warrants and convertible instruments) with down round features that require fair value measurement of
the entire instrument or conversion option. The Company adopted ASU 2017-11 on January 1, 2019 and as a result, the down round feature of equity instruments that were
issued in the first and second quarter of 2019 were not considered when determining the classification of those instruments.

NOTE 4 - PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Prepaid expenses and other receivables consist of the following:

Prepaid expenses
Other receivables

December 31,

2019

2018

$

$

$

249   
19   

268   

$

46 
49 

95 

F-9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 5 – INVENTORY

Inventory consists of the following components:

Raw materials
Work in process
Finished goods

NOTE 6 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Cost:
Computers and peripheral equipment
Office furniture and equipment

Total cost

Accumulated depreciation:

Less accumulated depreciation

Depreciated cost

December 31,

2019

2018

$

88   
-   
33   

121   

$

December 31,

2019

2018

$

55   
3   

58   

(54)  

4   

$

110 
13 
21 

144 

55 
3 

58 

(50)

8 

$

$

$

$

Depreciation expenses for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 were $4 and $6, respectively.

NOTE 7 - STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock

The  common  stock  confers  upon  the  holders  the  right  to  receive  notice  to  participate  and  vote  in  general  meetings  of  the  Company,  and  the  right  to  receive  dividends,  if
declared, and to participate in the distribution of the surplus assets and funds of the Company in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.

In February 2019, the Company issued 275,000 shares of common stock to a consultant for services valued at the stock price on the date of issuance which was $3.79 per share,
or $1,042. In December 2019, these shares of common stock were converted into Series C Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, of which 260,000 shares and 15,000
shares were issued, respectively.

During 2019, the Company sold 290,000 shares of common stock to private investors and 25,000 shares to a board member at $2 per share, or $630. The shares also included
one warrant for each share of common stock issued.

No common stock or preferred stock was sold or issued for services in 2018.

F-10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Options

During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, 87,212 and 48,017 employee options were exercised, and 200,000 and 338,750 options were granted, respectively. No
directors or consultants exercised options in 2019 and 2018. The options granted during 2019, were recorded at a fair value of $299 and vested immediately. The options granted
during 2018 were recorded at fair market value and vest at different schedules ranging from date granted to 2.63 years. During the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018,
stock-based compensation expense of $713 and $889 was recorded for options that vested, respectively.

Outstanding – December 31, 2017

Granted
Forfeited
Exercised

Outstanding – December 31, 2018

Granted
Forfeited
Exercised

Outstanding – December 31, 2019

Options

1,227,774   
338,750   
(71,920 )  
(48,017)  
1,446,587   
200,000   
(3,043)  
(87,212)  
1,556,332   

$

$

$

$

$

$

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price per
Share

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life (Years)

3.01   
4.75   
4.41    
0.07   
3.16   
3.17   
9.06   
0.75   
3.62   

$

$

$

7.18 
9.65 
7.16  
(4.24)
7.87 
9.41 
(0.89)
3.79 
6.16 

The  fair  value  for  options  granted  in  2019  and  2018  is  estimated  at  the  date  of  grant  using  a  Black-Scholes-Merton  options  pricing  model  with  the  following  underlying
assumptions:

Price at valuation
Exercise price
Risk free interest
Expected term (in years)
Volatility

$
$

2.83 - 3.40 
2.83 - 3.40 
1.77 – 2.79%

5 

48% - 58.6%

The total stock-based expense recognized in the financial statements for services received from employees and non-employees is shown in the following table.

Research and development
Selling and marketing
General and administrative

Total

Year Ended
December 31,

2019

2018

$

$

$

-   
44   
669   

713   

$

- 
16 
873 

889 

As of December 31, 2019, the total unrecognized estimated compensation cost related to non-vested stock options granted prior to that date was $185, which is expected to be
recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 0.94 years.

F-11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Series C Preferred Stock

Each share of Series C Preferred Stock is convertible into one share of common stock (subject to adjustment) at any time at the option of the holders, provided that each holder
would be prohibited from converting Series C Preferred Stock into shares of common stock if, as a result of such conversion, any such holder, together with its affiliates, would
own more than 9.99% of the total number of shares of common stock then issued and outstanding. This limitation may be waived with respect to a holder upon such holder’s
provision of not less than 61 days’ prior written notice to the Company.

In the event of liquidation, dissolution, or winding up, each holder of Series C Preferred Stock could elect to receive either (i) in preference to any payments made to the holders
of  Common  stock  and  any  other  junior  securities,  a  payment  for  each  share  of  Series  C  Preferred  stock  then  held  equal  $  0.001,  plus  an  additional  amount  equal  to  any
dividends declared but unpaid on such shares, and any other fees or liquidated damages then due and owing thereon or (ii) the amount of cash, securities or other property to
which such holder would be entitled to receive with respect to each share of Series C Preferred Stock if such share of Series C Preferred Stock had been converted to common
stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, or winding up (without giving effect to any conversion limitations).

Shares  of  Series  C  Preferred  Stock  are  not  entitled  to  receive  any  dividends,  unless  and  until  specifically  declared  by  the  board  of  directors.  However,  holders  of  Series  C
Preferred  Stock  are  entitled  to  receive  dividends  on  shares  of  Series  C  Preferred  Stock  equal  (on  an  as-if-converted-to-common-stock  basis)  to  and  in  the  same  form  as
dividends actually paid on shares of the common stock when such dividends are specifically declared by the board of directors. The Company is not obligated to redeem or
repurchase  any  shares  of  Series  C  Preferred  Stock.  Shares  of  Series  C  Preferred  Stock  are  not  otherwise  entitled  to  any  redemption  rights,  or  mandatory  sinking  fund  or
analogous fund provisions.

Each holder of Series C Preferred Stock is entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of common stock into which the shares of Series C Preferred
Stock held by such holder are then convertible (subject to the beneficial ownership limitations) with respect to any and all matters presented to the stockholders for their action
or consideration. Holders of Series C Preferred Stock vote together with the holders of common stock as a single class, except as provided by law and except that the consent of
holders of a majority of the outstanding Series C Preferred Stock is required to amend the terms of the Series C Preferred Stock.

Series D Preferred Stock

Each share of Series D Preferred Stock is convertible into 1,000 shares of common stock (subject to the beneficial ownership limitations and adjustment as provided in the
certificate  of  designation)  at  any  time  at  the  option  of  the  holders,  provided  that  each  holder  would  be  prohibited  from  converting  Series  D  Preferred  Stock  into  shares  of
common stock if, as a result of such conversion, any such holder, together with its affiliates, would own more than 4.99% of the total number of shares of common stock then
issued  and  outstanding.  However,  any  holder  may  increase  or  decrease  such  percentage  to  any  other  percentage  not  in  excess  of  9.99%,  provided  that  any  increase  in  such
percentage shall not be effective until the 61st day after such notice to the Company.

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up, each holder of Series D Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive the amount of cash, securities or other property to
which such holder would be entitled to receive with respect to such shares of Series D Preferred Stock if such shares had been converted to common stock immediately prior to
such event (without giving effect for such purposes to the 4.99% or 9.99% beneficial ownership limitation, as applicable) subject to the preferential rights of holders of any class
or series of the Company’s capital stock specifically ranking by its terms senior to the Series D Preferred Stock as to distributions of assets upon such event, whether voluntarily
or involuntarily.

Shares  of  Series  D  Preferred  Stock  are  not  entitled  to  receive  any  dividends,  unless  and  until  specifically  declared  by  the  board  of  directors.  However,  holders  of  Series  D
Preferred  Stock  are  entitled  to  receive  dividends  on  shares  of  Series  D  Preferred  Stock  equal  (on  an  as-if-converted-to-common-stock  basis)  to  and  in  the  same  form  as
dividends  actually  paid  on  shares  of  the  common  stock  when  such  dividends  are  specifically  declared  by  the  board  of  directors,  except  for  stock  dividends  or  distributions
payable in shares of common stock on shares of common stock or any other common stock equivalents for which the conversion price will be adjusted. The Company is not
obligated to redeem or repurchase any shares of Series D Preferred Stock. Shares of Series D Preferred Stock are not otherwise entitled to any redemption rights, or mandatory
sinking fund or analogous fund provision.

F-12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The holders of the Series D Preferred Stock have no voting rights, except as required by law. The Company may not alter or change adversely the powers, preferences and
rights of the Series D Preferred Stock or amend the certificate of designation or amend its certificate of incorporation or bylaws in any manner that adversely affects any right of
the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding.

The Company is obligated to deliver shares of common stock upon conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock (the “Conversion Shares”), within the time period specified in the
certificate of designation. Failure to comply with the timely delivery requirement triggers certain liquidated damages payable by the Company to each of the Series D Preferred
Stock holders.

If, at any time while the Series D Preferred Stock is outstanding, the Company completed a Fundamental Transaction (as defined in the certificate of designation), then upon
any subsequent conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock, the holder will receive, for each Conversion Share that would have been issuable upon such conversion immediately
prior  to  the  occurrence  of  such  Fundamental  Transaction,  the  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  of  the  successor  or  acquiring  corporation  or  of  the  Company,  if  it  is  the
surviving corporation, and any additional cash, securities and/or other property or consideration (the “Alternate Consideration”) receivable by holders of common stock as a
result  of  such  Fundamental  Transaction  for  each  share  of  common  stock  for  which  this  Series  D  Preferred  Stock  is  convertible  immediately  prior  to  such  Fundamental
Transaction. For purposes of any such conversion, the determination of the Conversion Price shall be appropriately adjusted to apply to such Alternate Consideration based on
the amount of Alternate Consideration issuable in respect of one share of common stock in such Fundamental Transaction. If holders of common stock are given any choice as
to the securities, cash or property to be received in a Fundamental Transaction, then the Holder shall be given the same choice as to the Alternate Consideration it receives upon
any conversion of this Series D Preferred Stock following such Fundamental Transaction. If such Fundamental Transaction is also a Change of Control Transaction in which
the  Company  is  not  the  surviving  entity,  then  all  shares  of  Series  D  Preferred  Stock  shall,  upon  consummation  of  such  Change  of  Control  Transaction,  automatically  be
converted into Conversion Shares.

Since the Company has sufficient authorized and unissued shares available to settle its commitments and since all holders of equally (both preferred stock and common stock)
would  receive  the  same  form  of  consideration  upon  the  consummation  of  a  Fundamental  Transaction,  and  the  shares  are  not  otherwise  redeemable,  the  shares  of  Series  D
Preferred Stock are classified within permanent equity, consistent with the guidance of ASC 480.

Series E Preferred Stock

On June 21, 2019, the Company filed a Certificate of Designation of the Series E Preferred Stock (the “Original Certificate of Designation”) with the Secretary of State of the
State of Delaware (the “Secretary of State”). The Original Certificate of Designation was effective upon filing with the Secretary of State and designated the Series E Preferred
Stock. On July 31, 2019 and November 15, 2019, the Company filed with the Secretary of State an Amended and Restated  Certificates  of  Designation  (the  “Amended  and
Restated Certificates of Designation”) which were effective upon filing with the Secretary of State of Delaware. The Amended Certificates of Designation provide that, among
other things, the Series E Preferred Stock is not convertible into the Company’s common stock, and the holders of Series E Preferred Stock had no voting rights, until, in each
case, the Company received stockholder approval of the June Offering (as defined below) and the July Preferred Offering (as defined below), which it received on November
18, 2019.

On  June  21,  2019,  the  Company  entered  into  and  closed  a  private  placement  Securities  Purchase Agreement  with  certain  existing  stockholders  relating  to  the  sale  to  such
existing stockholders of 1,600,000 shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock, and seven year warrants to purchase 1,600,000 shares of our Series E Preferred Stock at
an exercise price of $2.50 per share, at a purchase price per unit of $2.00 (the “June Offering”), for aggregate proceeds of $3,200 (excluding the exercise of the warrants issued
in the June Offering).

On July 31, 2019, the Company entered into and closed a private placement Securities Purchase Agreement with certain existing stockholders relating to the sale to such existing
investors of 210,000 shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock and seven year warrants to purchase 210,000 shares of our Series E Preferred Stock at an exercise price
of $2.50 per share, at a purchase price per unit of $2.00 (the “July Preferred Offering”), for proceeds of $420 (excluding the exercise of the warrants issued in the July Preferred
Offering).

F-13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Each share of Series E Preferred Stock is convertible at any time and from time to time at the option of a holder of Series E Preferred Stock into one share of the Company’s
common stock, provided that each holder would be prohibited from converting Series E Preferred Stock into shares of the Company’s common stock if, as a result of such
conversion,  any  such  holder,  together  with  its  affiliates,  would  own  more  than  9.99%  of  the  total  number  of  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  then  issued  and
outstanding. This limitation may be waived with respect to a holder upon such holder’s provision of not less than 61 days’ prior written notice to the Company.

Upon  liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding  up  of  the  Company,  whether  voluntary  or  involuntary,  each  holder  of  the  Series  E  Preferred  Stock  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  the
amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive with respect to such shares of Series E Preferred Stock if such shares had been
converted to the Company’s common stock immediately prior to such liquidation.

Shares of Series E Preferred Stock are not entitled to receive any dividends, unless and until specifically declared by the Board. However, holders of Series E Preferred Stock
are entitled to receive dividends on shares of Series E Preferred stock equal (on an as-if-converted-to-common-stock basis) to and in the same form as dividends actually paid
on shares of the common stock when such dividends are specifically declared by the Board of Directors of the Company. The Company is not obligated to redeem or repurchase
any shares of Series E Preferred Stock. Shares of Series E Preferred Stock are not otherwise entitled to any redemption rights, or mandatory sinking fund or analogous fund
provisions.

Subject to the beneficial ownership limitations, each holder of Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of the Company’s
common stock equal to the Voting Ratio. The Voting Ratio, for each share of Series E Preferred Stock is equal to $2.00 divided by $3.53.

These  Series  E  Preferred  Shares  are  classified  within  permanent  equity  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  balance  sheet  as  they  do  not  meet  the  criteria  that  would  require
presentation outside of permanent equity under ASC 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity”.

Warrants

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  the  Company  issued  warrants  to  purchase  190,000  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  or  Series  C  Preferred  Stock,  at  an
exercise price of the lesser of: (a) 80% (i.e., a 20% discount) of the exercise price per share of the warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s capital stock issued in the first
equity financing of the Company following the date of issuance, or (b) $4.80, with a stipulation that in no event will the exercise price be less than $3.00 per warrant share. The
warrants were issued in conjunction with the issuance of convertible debt which has since been repaid and the warrants remain outstanding – See Note 8. The warrants were
initially accounted for as a derivative liability until the completion of the June Offering.

The Company issued warrants to purchase 1,600,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock in the June Offering and warrants to purchase 210,000 shares of Series E Preferred
Stock in the July Preferred Offering.

In July and August 2019, the Company issued 315,000 warrants to private investors that were issued in conjunction with the sale of common stock.

Outstanding – December 31, 2017

Granted
Exercised
Expired

Outstanding – December 31, 2018

Granted
Exercised
Expired

Outstanding – December 31, 2019

F-14

Warrants

2,641,165 
- 
- 
(245,893)
2,395,272 
2,315,000 
- 
- 
4,710,272 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrant modification

On February 5, 2019, the Company entered into amendments to its two-year warrants (the “Warrant Amendment”) to purchase an aggregate of 266,667 shares of common stock
at an exercise price of $3.00 per share (the “$3.00 Warrants”) and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 420,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $6.00 per share
(the “$6.00 Warrants”), issued in January and February 2015, to extend the expiration date of the warrants for two additional years. The warrants were previously extended for
two years in January 2017. In addition, the Warrant Amendment amended the exercise price with respect to the $3.00 Warrants from $3.00 per share to $3.35 per share. The
exercise  price  of  the  $6.00  Warrants  was  unchanged.  Pursuant  to  the  Warrant Amendment,  warrants  to  purchase  266,667  shares  of  common  stock  at  $3.35  per  share  and
warrants to purchase 266,667 shares of common stock at $6.00 per share will expire on January 29, 2021, and warrants to purchase 140,000 shares of common stock at $6.00
per  share  will  expire  on  February  10,  2021,  and  warrants  to  purchase  13,333  shares  of  common  stock  at  $6.00  per  share  will  expire  on  February  23,  2021.  The  Warrant
Amendment is effective as of January 29, 2019. All other terms of the original warrants remain the same.

The Warrant Amendment was accounted for in warrant modification expense, which was measured at the amount equal to the incremental value reflecting the change in the fair
value of the warrants before and after the Warrant Amendment. Accordingly, warrant modification expense in the amount of $412 was recorded with a corresponding increase
in the additional paid-in capital.

In estimating the warrants’ fair value, the Company used the following assumptions:

Risk free interest
Dividend yield
Volatility
Contractual term (in years)

NOTE 8 - CONVERTIBLE NOTES AND DERIVATIVE LIABILITIES

Convertible Notes

2.56%
0%
55.6% - 56.5%

2 

On March 29, 2019, the Company completed a bridge financing, pursuant to which the Company issued to two accredited investors convertible notes on the aggregate principal
amount  of  $225  (the  “Notes”)  and  seven-year  warrants  (the  “March  Warrants”)  to  purchase  an  aggregate  of  90,000  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  or  Series  C
Preferred Stock. These warrants were initially accounted for as a derivative liability.

Between April and May 2019, the Company completed multiple bridge financings, pursuant to which the Company issued to two accredited investors convertible notes in the
aggregate principal amount of $250 and seven-year warrants to purchase an aggregate of 100,000 shares of the Company’s common stock or Series C Preferred Stock with the
same terms as the notes issued on March 29, 2019.

In June 2019, the Company paid off all convertible notes and interest with funds raised from an equity financing of $2,000, or Qualified Financing. The balance of the notes and
interest paid off was $475 and $5, respectively. As a result, a loss of $288 was recorded on extinguishment of derivative liabilities upon payoff of convertible notes.

Convertible Notes:

Principal value of 6% convertible notes issued during the six months ended June 30, 2019
Fair value of derivative liability of convertible notes prior to payoff date
Debt discount less amortization during the period prior to payoff date
Loss on extinguishment of derivative liabilities upon payoff of convertible notes
Payoff of convertible notes
Total carrying value of convertible notes at December 31, 2019

F-15

December 31, 2019

$

$

475 
122 
(410)
288 
(475)
- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative Liabilities

On March 29, 2019 the Company issued 90,000 warrants in conjunction with the issuance of convertible debt.

Between April and May 2019, the Company issued 100,000 warrants in conjunction with the issuance of convertible debt.

These warrants were initially accounted for as a derivative liability.

A  summary  of  quantitative  information  with  respect  to  valuation  methodology  and  significant  unobservable  inputs  used  for  the  Company’s  purchase  warrants  that  were
categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy during the year ended December 31, 2019 is as follows:

Stock price
Conversion price
Contractual term (in years)
Volatility (annual)
Risk-free rate
Dividend yield (per share)

$
$

2.77 - $4.05 
1.60 - $2.50 
5 

57.7% - 62.9%
2.23% - 2.40%
0%

The  foregoing  assumptions  were  reviewed  quarterly  and  were  subject  to  change  based  primarily  on  management’s  assessment  of  the  probability  of  the  events  described
occurring.

As of June 26, 2019, the Company completed a Qualified Financing, at which point the warrants exercise price is fixed and the warrants no longer require derivative treatment.
The warrants were remeasured at fair value on that date and the remaining derivative liability of $196 reclassed to equity.

Financial Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The fair value accounting standards define fair value as the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market
participants. As such, fair value is determined based upon assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. Fair value measurements are rated on a
three-tier hierarchy as follows:

● Level 1 inputs: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets;

● Level 2 inputs: Inputs, other than quoted prices included in Level 1, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and

● Level 3 inputs: Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.

There were no transfers between Level 3 during the year ended December 31, 2019.

The following table presents changes in Level 3 liabilities measured at fair value for the year ended December 31, 2019:

Balance - January 1, 2019

Liabilities
Change in fair value of warrant liability
Eliminate derivative treatment

Balance – December 31, 2019

Derivative
Liability -
-Warrants

Embedded
Conversion
Feature
Derivative
Liability

$

$

F-16

-   
261   
(65)  
(196)  
-   

$

$

Total
Derivative
Liabilities

-   
159   
(37)  
(122)  
-   

$

$

- 
420 
(102)
(318)
- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 9 - LOSS PER SHARE APPLICABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDER

Basic  net  loss  per  common  share  (“Basic  EPS”)  is  computed  by  dividing  net  loss  available  to  common  shareholders  by  the  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares
outstanding during the period. All outstanding share options and warrants for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 have been excluded from the calculation of the
diluted net loss per share because all such securities are anti-dilutive for all periods presented.

The following table summarizes the Company’s securities, in common share equivalents, which have been excluded from the calculation of dilutive loss per share as their effect
would be anti-dilutive:

Series D Preferred Stock Shares
Series E Preferred Stock Shares
Stock Options - employee and non-employee
Warrants
Total

December 31, 2019

December 31, 2018

303,782   
1,825,000   
1,556,332   
266,667   
3,951,781   

303,782 
— 
734,756 
266,667 
1,305,205 

The diluted loss per share equals basic loss per share in the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 because the Company had a net loss and the impact of the assumed exercise
of stock options and the vesting of restricted stock would have been anti-dilutive.

NOTE 10 - GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION AND MAJOR CUSTOMER DATA

Summary information about geographic areas:

The Company manages its business on the basis of one reportable segment and derives revenues from selling its products directly to  patients  as  well  as  through  distributor
agreements. The following is a summary of revenues within geographic areas:

United States
Europe
Israel
India
Other
Total

Year Ended
December 31,

2019

2018

331   
168   
14   
12   
5   
530   

$

$

164 
58 
49 
17 
30 
318 

$

$

During the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, revenues from distributors accounted for 93% and 64% of total revenues, respectively.

The Company’s long-lived assets are all located in Israel.

F-17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 11 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Pending litigation

In December 17, 2019, a lawsuit was filed by a former officer and director, Jona Zumeris, in the Haifa Israel District Financial Court, seeking damages of approximately $900
for breach of the Separation Agreement executed on July 4, 2018, and to which matter both parties have agreed to proceed to settle in mediation scheduled to begin in late May
2020. We believe that a major part of the allegations included in the suit are without merit, however, due to the uncertainties of litigation or mediation we can give no assurance
that we will be able to reach reasonable settlement, or if it were to proceed in court, prevail on the claims made against us in such lawsuit. The Israeli court issued a court order
demanding  that  we  restrict  approximately  $700  of  the  Company’s  money  until  the  matter  is  adjudicated.  The  Company  appealed  the  court  order  and  in  February  2020,  the
Company agreed to restrict approximately $350 and agreed to try to settle the matter in mediation which is scheduled to begin in late May 2020.

Leases

The  Company  leases  office  facilities  and  motor  vehicles  under  operating  leases,  which  expire  on  various  dates,  the  latest  of  which  is  2020.  The  Company  has  $11  of  lease
obligations throughout the year ended December 31, 2020.

Rent and related expenses were $44 and $31 for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Other Risks

On March 12, 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 to be a pandemic, and the COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in significant financial market volatility
and uncertainty. A continuation or worsening of the levels of market disruption and volatility seen in the recent past could have an adverse effect on our ability to access capital,
on our business, results of operations and financial condition, and on the market price of our common shares.

NOTE 12 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Exchange of common stock for Preferred stock:

In  2018,  the  Company  exchanged  250,000  shares  of  common  stock  for  250,000  shares  of  Series  C  Preferred  Stock  with  a  significant  shareholder.  In  2019,  the  Company
exchanged 275,000 shares of common stock for 250,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock and 15,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock with a significant shareholder.

Sale of common stock and Series E Preferred Stock

In June and July 2019, the Company sold and aggregate of 1,810,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock to existing shareholders for $2.00 per share, or $3,620.

In November 2019, the Company sold 25,000 shares of common stock to a board member at $2 per share, or $50.

Board members resignation and severance agreement:

On  July  4,  2018,  Jona  Zumeris,  Vice  President  of  Technology  and  member  of  the  board  of  directors  of  NanoVibronix,  Inc.  and  the  Company’s  subsidiary,  submitted  his
resignation.

On July 4, 2018, the Company and Dr. Zumeris and his wife, Janina (Ina) Zumeris entered into a Separation and Release Agreement (the “Separation Agreement”), providing
that Dr. Zumeris shall resign from all positions at the Company and that Dr. Zumeris and Janina Zumeris will cooperate with the Company and its officers on meeting certain
technical and administrative milestones during the transition period ending 60 days following the date of the Separation Agreement (the “Termination Date”). If Dr. Zumeris
and Janina Zumeris have met such milestones to the satisfaction of the Company and fulfilled other obligations under the Separation Agreement, (i) Dr. Zumeris and Janina
Zumeris, will be entitled to receive as consulting payments an aggregate of approximately $18 per month for 12 months, commencing 30 days after the Termination Date; (ii)
the Company’s management, beginning on November 4, 2018, will use its best efforts to allow the sale of the Company’s securities owned by Dr. Zumeris, provided that such
sale would be in compliance with the applicable U.S. securities laws and regulations, and provided further, that, if the Company’s shares of common stock held by Dr. Zumeris
had not been sold at a price lower than $4.45 during the fourteen month period from July 4, 2018, and the value of the unsold securities Dr. Zumeris owns plus the value of cash
received  by  Dr.  Zumeris  from  the  sale  of  the  Company’s  securities  during  such  fourteen  month  period  (the  “Aggregate Amount”),  in  aggregate,  is  less  than  $950,  then  the
Company will make up the difference between $950 and the Aggregate Amount by extending the term of engagement of Dr. Zumeris and Janina Zumeris’s consulting services.
In addition, if the Company (i) grants a license for the skin rejuvenation technology, then the Company will pay Dr. Zumeris 10% from the payments received by the Company
until an aggregate amount of $100,000 has been paid to Dr. Zumeris, (ii) sells the skin rejuvenation technology and/or the rights to such as a standalone product, the Company
will pay Dr. Zumeris $100 from the proceeds of such sale, or (iii) sells the skin rejuvenation devices, the Company will pay Dr. Zumeris $5 per unit an aggregate amount of
$100 has been paid to Dr. Zumeris.

F-18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In connection with the Company’s agreement with Dr. Zumeris, the Company was to evaluate if any liability should be accrued for each reporting period. As of December 31,
2018, Dr. Zumeris exercised options under $4.45 a share and therefore the Company will not need to record a liability for this transaction.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, The Company incurred expenses of $108 associated with this agreement.

NOTE 13 – INCOME TAXES

As  of  December  31,  2019,  the  U.S.  Company  had  federal  and  state  net  operating  loss  carry  forward  for  tax  purposes  of  approximately  $21,199.  $7,240  of  the  federal  net
operating loss can be carried forward indefinitely and $13,959 of the federal net operating loss can be offset against taxable income for 20 years. Utilization of the U.S. net
operating losses may be subject to substantial limitations in the event of a change of ownership provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

Income tax expense is comprised of the following:

Current Tax
Federal
State
Foreign

Total

Deferred Tax
Federal
State
Foreign

Total
Less: Valuation Allowance
Total Tax

Year ended December 31,

2019

2018

$

$

$

$
$

$

-   
(17,072)  
(17,072)  

(1,151,693)  
(358,828 )  
-   
(1,510,521)  
1,510,521   
(17,072)  

$

$

$

$

$

- 
(127,000)
(127,000)

(1,024,000)
- 
- 
(1,024,000)
1,024,000 
(127,000)

The difference between the statutory tax rate of the Company and the effective tax rate is primarily the result of tax benefits generated by the Company and its subsidiary which
have not been recognized due to the uncertainty that such tax benefits will ultimately be realized. A reconciliation of the statutory U.S Federal rate to the Company’s effective
tax rate is as follows:

Federal income tax benefit at statutory rate
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
Foreign rate differential
Permanent Items
Change in valuation allowance
Other
Effective tax rate

F-19

Year ended December 31,

2019

2018

21.00% 
6.17% 
-0.03% 
-1.78% 
-25.99% 
0.92% 
0.29% 

21.00%
0.00%
2.00%
3.88%
-23.91%
0.00%
2.97%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign tax

Tax rates applicable to the income of the Israeli subsidiary:

The Israeli corporate tax rate in 2019 and 2018 is 23%.

In December 2017, the Israeli Parliament approved the Economic Efficiency Law (Legislative Amendments for Applying the Economic Policy for the 2018 and 2017 Budget
Years), 2017 which reduced the corporate income tax rate to 24% (instead of 25%) effective from January 1, 2017 and to 23% effective from January 1, 2018.

The subsidiary has final tax assessments through 2013.

Loss / (income) before taxes on income:

Domestic
Foreign

Deferred income taxes

Year ended December 31,

2019

2018

$

$

5,853   
(42)  
5,811   

$

$

3,503 
779 
4,282 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial purposes and the amounts used for
income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets are as follows:

Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carry forward
Stock Compensation and Other
Deferred tax assets before valuation allowance
Valuation allowance
Net deferred tax asset

Year ended December 31,

2019

2018

$

$

4,807   
484   
5,291   
(5,291)  
-   

$

$

3,746 
35 
3,781 
(3,781)
- 

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  the  net  increases  in  valuation  allowance  of  $1,510  and  $1,024,  respectively  was  primarily  driven  by  the  increase  in  net
operating loss carryforwards.

In  assessing  the  realization  of  deferred  tax  assets,  management  considers  whether  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  all  or  some  portion  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  will  not  be
realized.

The ultimate realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which temporary differences are deductible
and net operating losses are able to be utilized. Based on consideration of these factors, the Company concluded that all of its recorded deferred tax assets are not more likely
than not realizable and recorded a full valuation allowance at December 31, 2019 and 2018.

F-20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Company  considers  the  earnings  of  its  non-U.S.  subsidiary  to  be  indefinitely  invested  outside  the  United  States  on  the  basis  of  estimates  that  future  domestic  cash
generation  will  be  sufficient  to  meet  future  domestic  cash  needs  and  our  specific  plans  for  reinvestment  of  those  subsidiary  earnings.  We  have  not  recorded  a  deferred  tax
liability related to the U.S. federal and state income taxes as an estimate of undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries would not be practicable to estimate at this time. If the
Company does decide to repatriate the foreign earnings, we would need to adjust our income tax provision in the period we determined that the earnings will no longer be
indefinitely invested outside the United States.

Reconciliation of the theoretical tax expense to the actual tax expense

The main reconciling items between the statutory tax rate of the Company and the effective tax rate are the non-recognition of tax benefits from accumulated net operating loss
carryforward among the Company and its subsidiary due to the uncertainty of the realization of such tax benefits.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of uncertain tax benefits is as follows:

Balance at beginning of the year
Increases related to tax positions from prior years
Lapses of statutes of limitation
Balance at the end of the year

Year ended December 31,

2019

2018

-   
-   
-   
-   

$

$

168 
- 
(168)
- 

$

$

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in tax expense. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company accrued $0 for
interest and penalties expenses related to uncertain tax positions.

U.S. federal and New York State income taxes are open for examination for years 2017-2019 and Israel tax returns are open for examination for years 2016-2019.

NOTE 14 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Effective as of January 2020, the U.S. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) has approved its PainShield™ for reimbursement for Medicare beneficiaries on a
national basis. The company was notified on March 30, 2020 that its Medicare Enrollment Application was approved, and it is now an approved Medicare Supplier for DME
through the National Supplier Clearinghouse, Palmetto-GBA as well as Noridian Administrative Services, LLC, the two Medicare Administrative Contractors that handle DME
reimbursement nationwide. PainShield is now available for Medicare reimbursement on a national level under new HCPCS (Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System)
code K1004.

In March 2020 we signed a license agreement with Sanuwave Health, Inc. for the manufacture and delivery of our WoundShield technology. Under the terms of the agreement,
NanoVibronix will receive 100,000 warrants of Sanuwave stock, a $250,000 milestone payment based on FDA approval, and 10% royalty on Sanuwave’s gross revenues from
sales  or  rentals  of  WoundShield.  In  return,  Sanuwave  has  received  the  worldwide,  exclusive  rights  to  the  company’s  WoundShield  product  and  technology.  In  addition,
Sanuwave will bear the costs and clinical validation responsibilities associated with obtaining approval for WoundShield from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and other
regulatory agencies around the world.

F-21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Index to Exhibits

Description

  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as presently in effect) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the

Securities and Exchange Commission on April 17, 2015)

  Amended and Restated Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities

and Exchange Commission on April 30, 2014)

  Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation (creating the Series C Preferred Stock) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to Amendment No. 3 to

the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 30, 2014)

  Certificate of Designation of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current

Report on Form 8-K filed on November 7, 2017)

  Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Designation (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-

K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 21, 2019)

  Form of  Common  Stock  Certificate  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.2  to Amendment  No.  1  to  the  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1  filed  with  the

Securities and Exchange Commission on March 6, 2014)

  Form of  Warrant Agency Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.4  to Amendment  No.  4  to  the  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1  filed  with  the

Securities and Exchange Commission on October 31, 2017)

  Form of  Unit  Purchase  Option  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.3  to  the  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1  filed  with  the Securities  and  Exchange

Commission on October 18, 2017)

  Form of  Common  Stock  Purchase  Warrant  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.2  to  the  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1  filed with  the  Securities  and

Exchange Commission on October 18, 2017)

  Form of May 10 and May 15, 2019 Warrants (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with  the Securities and Exchange

Commission on May 20, 2019)

  Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Designation of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report

on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 31, 2019)

  Form of Warrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 26, 2019)

  Form of Preferred Warrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July

31, 2019)

  Form of Common Warrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July

Exhibit
No.

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

3.5

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

4.6

4.7

4.8

4.9

31, 2019)

4.10*

  Form of Warrant Amendment.

4.11*

  Description of Securities

10.1

  Fourteenth Amended  and  Restated  Securities  Purchase Agreement,  dated  June  16,  2014,  by  and  between  NanoVibronix,  Inc.  and  Globis  Overseas  Fund,  Ltd.

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registration Statement on Form 10 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 9, 2015)

10.2

  Fourteenth Amended and Restated Securities Purchase Agreement, dated December 11, 2014, by and between NanoVibronix, Inc. and Globis  Capital Partners, L.P.

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registration Statement on Form 10 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 9, 2015)

10.3

10.4

  Fifteenth Amended and Restated Secured Convertible Promissory Note, dated December 11, 2014, by NanoVibronix, Inc. in favor of and Globis  Overseas Fund,
Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registration Statement on Form 10 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 9, 2015)

  Fifteenth Amended and Restated Secured Convertible Promissory Note, dated December 11, 2014, by NanoVibronix, Inc. in favor of and Globis  Capital Partners,
L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Registration Statement on Form 10 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 9, 2015)

10.5

  Form of Amended  and  Restated  2013  and  2014  Warrant  to  Purchase  Common  Stock  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.13  to Amendment  No.  2  to  the

Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 25, 2014)

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
10.6+

  NanoVibronix, Inc. 2004 Global Share Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed

with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 6, 2014)

10.7+

  Personal Employment Agreement, dated March 1, 2008, by and between Nano-Vibronix (Israel 2003) Ltd and Jona Zumeris (incorporated by  reference to Exhibit

10.15 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 6, 2014)

10.8+

  Form of Indemnification Agreement between NanoVibronix, Inc. and certain of its officers and directors (incorporated by reference  to Exhibit 10.16 to Amendment

No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 6, 2014)

10.9

10.10

10.11

  Amendment to Subscription Agreement Convertible Promissory Notes, dated February 28, 2014, by and between NanoVibronix, Inc. and the  note holders signatory
thereto  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.17  to  Amendment  No.  1  to  the  Registration  Statement on  Form  S-1  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission on March 6, 2014)

  Second Amendment to Subscription Agreement Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrants), dated February 28, 2014, by and between  NanoVibronix, Inc.
and  the  holders  signatory  thereto  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.19  to Amendment  No.  1  to  the Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1  filed  with  the
Securities and Exchange Commission on March 6, 2014)

  Third Amendment to Subscription Agreement Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrants), dated February 28, 2014, by and between  NanoVibronix, Inc.
and  the  holders  signatory  thereto  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.20  to Amendment  No.  1  to  the Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1  filed  with  the
Securities and Exchange Commission on March 6, 2014)

10.12+

  NanoVibronix, Inc. 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement  on Form S-1

filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 30, 2014)

10.13+

  First Amendment to Personal Employment Agreement, dated June 16, 2014, by and between NanoVibronix, Inc. and Dr. Jona Zumeris (incorporated by reference to

Exhibit 10.29 to Amendment No. 8 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 23, 2014)

10.14

  Services Agreement, dated March 25, 2015, by and between Multigon Industries, Inc. and NanoVibronix, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to the

Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 30, 2015)

10.15+

  Employment Agreement, dated March 25, 2015, by and between William Stern and NanoVibronix, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit  10.36 to the Annual

Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 30, 2015)

10.16+

  Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated March 25, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities

and Exchange Commission on March 30, 2015)

10.17+

  Letter Agreement,  dated  March  25,  2015,  by  and  between  NanoVibronix,  Inc.  and  Martin  Goldstein  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.39  to  the Annual

Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 30, 2015)

10.18+

  Form of Incentive Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40  to the Annual Report on

Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 30, 2015)

64

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
10.19+

  Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit  10.41 to the Annual Report

on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 30, 2015)

10.20+

  Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to  the Annual Report on Form

10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 30, 2015)

10.21+

  Form of 3(i) Award Agreement under the Israeli Appendix to the 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit  10.43 to the Annual Report

on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 30, 2015)

10.22+

  Form of 102 Award Agreement under the Israeli Appendix to the 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit  10.44 to the Annual Report

on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 30, 2015)

10.23+

  Employment Agreement, dated October 13, 2016, by and between NanoVibronix, Inc. and Brian Murphy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current

Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 19, 2016)

10.24

  Form of Amendment to Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, effective as of January 27, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.46  to the Annual Report on

Form 10-K filed with the Securities Exchange Commission on March 31, 2017)

10.25

  Form of  Convertible  Promissory  Note  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the Securities  and  Exchange

Commission on March 7, 2017)

10.26

  Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange

Commission on March 7, 2017)

10.27

  Convertible Promissory Note, dated March 23, 2017, by and between NanoVibronix, Inc. and an individual investor (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to

the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2017)

10.28

  Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated March 23, 2017, by and between NanoVibronix, Inc. and an individual investor (incorporated by reference to Exhibit

10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2017)

10.29+

  First Amendment to Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement, dated March 30, 2017, between NanoVibronix, Inc. and Ira A. Greenstein (incorporated  by reference to

Exhibit 10.51 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities Exchange Commission on March 31, 2017)

10.30+

  First Amendment to Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement, dated March 30, 2017, between NanoVibronix, Inc. and Ira A. Greenstein (incorporated  by reference to

Exhibit 10.52 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities Exchange Commission on March 31, 2017)

10.31+

  Offer Letter, dated October 14, 2016, between NanoVibronix, Inc. and Christopher M. Fashek (incorporated by reference to Exhibit  10.1 to the Current Report on

Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 19, 2016)

10.32+

  Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement, dated October 14, 2016, between NanoVibronix, Inc. and Christopher M. Fashek (incorporated by reference  to Exhibit 10.2

to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 19, 2016)

65

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
10.33

  Form of  Convertible  Promissory  Note  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the Securities  and  Exchange

Commission on May 5, 2017)

10.34

  Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange

Commission on May 5, 2017)

10.35

  Form of Letter Agreement, dated September 7, 2017, between NanoVibronix, Inc. and holders of the 2017 Notes (incorporated by reference  to Exhibit 10.1 to the

Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 14, 2017)

10.36

  Consulting Agreement dated as of February 21, 2019, between Nanovibronix, Inc and Bespoke Growth Partners, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to

the Annual Report on Form 10-K/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 13, 2019)

10.37

  Convertible Promissory Note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission

on May 13, 2019)

10.38

  Convertible Promissory Note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission

on May 13, 2019)

10.39

  Form of Warrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K/A filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission on May 13,

2019)

10.40

  Convertible Promissory Note (Globis), May 10, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and

Exchange Commission on May 20, 2019)

10.41

  Convertible Promissory Note (AiGH), May 15, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and

Exchange Commission on May 20, 2019)

10.42+

  CFO Consulting Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2019, between NanoVibronix Inc. and James S. Cardwell (incorporated by reference  to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current

Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 4, 2019)

10.43

  Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2019, by and among the Company and each investor identified on the signature pages thereto (incorporated by

reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 26, 2019)

10.44

  Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2019, by and among the Company and each investor identified on the signature pages thereto (incorporated by

reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 31, 2019)

10.45

  Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2019, by and among the Company and each investor identified on the signature pages thereto (incorporated by

reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 31, 2019)

21.1

  List of  Subsidiaries  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  21.1  to Amendment  No.  1  to  the  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1  filed with  the  Securities  and

Exchange Commission on March 6, 2014)

23.1*

  Consent of Marcum, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

31.1*

  Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

31.2*

  Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

32.1*

  Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

32.2*

  Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

101*

  The following  materials  from  the  Company’s Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  formatted  in  XBRL  (eXtensible  Business
Reporting  Language),  (i)  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets,  (ii)  Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive Loss,  (iii)  Consolidated  Statements  of  Changes  in
Stockholders’ Deficiency, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (v) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

*

Filed herewith.

+ Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

66

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the

undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

Date: May 20, 2020

NANOVIBRONIX, INC.

By:

/s/ BRIAN MURPHY
Brian Murphy
Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Brian Murphy as his true and lawful attorneys-in-
fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this
Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each
of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes
as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that all said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully
do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities
and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ BRIAN MURPHY
Brian Murphy

/s/ JAMES CARDWELL
James Cardwell

/s/ CHRISTOPHER FASHEK
Christopher Fashek

/s/ MARTIN GOLDSTEIN
Martin Goldstein

/s/ HAROLD JACOB M.D.
Harold Jacob, M.D.

/s/ MICHAEL FERGUSON
Michael Ferguson

/s/ THOMAS R. MIKA
Thomas R. Mika

  Chief Executive Officer and Director
  (principal executive officer)

  Chief Financial Officer,
  (principal financial and accounting officer)

  May 20, 2020

  May 20, 2020

  Chairman of the Board of Directors

  May 20, 2020

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

67

  May 20, 2020

  May 20, 2020

  May 20, 2020

  May 20, 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
NanoVibronix, Inc.
525 Executive Boulevard
Elmsford, New York 10523

Exhibit 4.10

January 29, 2019

Investors listed on signature page hereto

Re: Amendment to Warrant

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to (i) those certain Series A Warrants (the “Series A Warrants”) of NanoVibronix, Inc. (the “Company”) and (ii) those certain Series B Warrants of

the Company (the “Series B Warrants” and together with the Series A Warrants, the “Warrants”).

The  Company  and  the  holders  of  the  Warrants  desire  to  (i)  extend  the  expiration  date  of  the  Warrants  and  (ii)  amend  the  exercise  price  with  respect  to  Series A
Warrants from $3.00 per share to $3.35 per share. Amendments may be made to the Warrants with the consent of the Company and each holder of the Warrants. By signature
and countersignature below, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and each holder of the Warrants
agree to the following:

1) The year in the expiration date, “2019,” in the preamble of the Warrants is hereby amended by deleting the said year and substituting in lieu thereof “2021.”

2) The exercise price, “$3.00,” in Section 1(b) of the Series A Warrants is hereby amended by deleting “$3.00” and substituting in lieu thereof “$3.35.”

Except  as  modified  pursuant  hereto,  no  other  changes  or  modifications  to  the  Warrants  are  intended  or  implied  and  in  all  other  respects  the  Warrants  are  hereby
specifically ratified, restated and confirmed by all parties hereto as of the effective date hereof. To the extent of a conflict between the terms of this Letter Agreement and the
Warrants, the terms of this Letter Agreement shall control. The Warrants and this Letter Agreement shall be read and construed as one agreement.

Please return an executed, counter-signed copy of this Letter Agreement to NanoVibronix, Inc., by e-mail to Stephen Brown at stevebrowncpa@gmail.com, by 11:59

p.m. New York time, on February 3, 2019.

[Signature Page Follows]

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
[Signature Page to Letter Agreement]

Very truly yours,

NanoVibronix, Inc.

By:
Name: Stephen Brown
Title:

Chief Financial Officer

Acknowledged and Agreed:

Name of Investor:

By:
Name:
Title:

  Names of Investors (if held jointly, as tenants in common, or as community property):

  By:
  Name:
  Title:

By:
Name:
Title:

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
              
             
 
 
 
 
 
 
             
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 4.11

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

As of May 14, 2020, NanoVibronix, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“we,” “our” and the “Company”) has our common stock, par value $0.001 per share, registered

under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

The foregoing description is intended as a summary and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended
(the “Amended & Restated Certificate of Incorporation”) and the amended and restated by-laws, as amended (the “By-laws”) as currently in effect, copies of which are filed as
exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are incorporated by reference herein.

Authorized Capital Stock

Our authorized capital stock consists of 31,000,000 shares, of which 20,000,00 are common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 11,000,000 are preferred stock, par
value $0.001 per share, 3,000,000 of which have been designated as Series C Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series C Preferred Stock”), 506 of which have been designated as
Series D Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series D Preferred Stock”) and 1,999,494 of which have been designated as Series E Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series E Preferred
Stock”). As  of  May  14,  2020,  there  were  4,313,764  shares  of  common  stock  issued  and  outstanding,  2,993,142  shares  of  Series  C  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  issued  and
outstanding, 304 shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding and 1,715,000 shares of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding.

Common Stock

Voting Rights

Each stockholder has one vote for each share of common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. A stockholder may vote in person or by proxy.
Elections of directors are determined by a plurality of the votes cast and all other matters are decided by a majority of the votes cast by those stockholders entitled to vote and
present in person or by proxy.

Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, stockholders holding a majority of the voting power of our shares of common stock will be able to
elect  all  of  our  directors.  Our Amended  &  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and  By-laws  provide  that  stockholder  actions  may  be  effected  at  a  duly  called  meeting  of
stockholders or pursuant to written consent of the majority of stockholders.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividend Rights

The holders of outstanding shares of common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available at the times and in the amounts that the board of
directors (the “Board”) may determine, provided that required dividends, if any, on preferred stock have been paid or provided for. However, the current policy of our Board is
to retain earnings, if any, for operations and growth.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

The holders of our common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of our common
stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock, which may be designated solely by action of the Board and
issued in the future.

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets that are legally available for distribution.

The NASDAQ Capital Market Listing

Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market (“NASDAQ”) under the symbol “NAOV.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is VStock Transfer, LLC, 18 Lafayette Place, Woodmere, NY 11598.

Options and Warrants

As of May 14, 2020, we had 1,556,332 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options and 4,710,272 shares of common stock issuable upon

the exercise of warrants. There are no other outstanding warrants or options at this time.

Preferred Stock

We may issue any class of preferred stock in any series. The Board has the authority, subject to limitations prescribed under Delaware law and the rights of the holders
of any series of preferred stock, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series and to fix the
designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations and restrictions. The number of authorized shares of preferred
stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all
of the then-outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote thereon, without a vote of the holders of the preferred stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such
holders is required pursuant to the terms of any preferred stock designation. The Board may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could
adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible
acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and may adversely
affect the market price of common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Series C Convertible Preferred Stock

Conversion Rights

Each share of the Series C Preferred Stock is convertible into one (1) share of common stock, provided that the holder will be prohibited from converting Series C
Preferred Stock into shares of common stock if, as a result of such conversion, the holder would own more than 9.99% of the number of shares of common stock outstanding
immediately after giving effect to the issuance of the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock, or, at the election of a holder, together
with its affiliates, would own more than 9.99% of the number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of the shares of common
stock issuable upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock. The conversion rate of the Series C Preferred Stock is subject to proportionate adjustments for stock splits,
reverse stock splits and similar events.

Dividend Rights

Shares  of  Series  C  Preferred  Stock  are  not  entitled  to  receive  any  dividends,  unless  and  until  specifically  declared  by  the  Board.  However,  holders  of  Series  C
Preferred  Stock  are  entitled  to  receive  dividends  on  shares  of  Series  C  Preferred  Stock  equal  (on  an  as-if-converted-to-common-stock  basis)  to  and  in  the  same  form  as
dividends actually paid on shares of the common stock when such dividends are specifically declared by the Board. The Company is not obligated to redeem or repurchase any
shares  of  Series  C  Preferred  Stock.  Shares  of  Series  C  Preferred  Stock  are  not  otherwise  entitled  to  any  redemption  rights,  or  mandatory  sinking  fund  or  analogous  fund
provisions.

Voting Rights

Except  as  provided  in  the  Designation,  Preferences,  Rights  and  Limitations  of  Series  C  Preferred  Stock  or  as  otherwise  required  by  law,  each  holder  of  Series  C
Preferred Stock will be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such share of Series C Preferred Stock could be converted,
provided  that  the  holder  would  be  prohibited  from  converting  Series  C  Preferred  Stock  if,  as  a  result  of  such  conversion,  the  holder,  together  with  its  affiliates,  would
beneficially own more than 9.99% of the total number of shares of our common stock then issued and outstanding, for purposes of determining the shares entitled to vote at any
regular, annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Company, and shall have voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the common stock (except
as  otherwise  expressly  provided  herein  or  as  required  by  law,  voting  together  with  the  common  stock  as  a  single  class)  and  shall  be  entitled  to  notice  of  any  stockholders’
meeting  in  accordance  with  the  By-laws  of  the  Company.  Fractional  votes  shall  not,  however,  be  permitted  and  any  fractional  voting  rights  shall  be  rounded  to  the  nearest
whole number (with one-half being rounded upward). We may not, without the written consent of holders of a majority of the then issued and outstanding shares of Series C
Preferred Stock, increase the number of authorized shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liquidation Rights

Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series C Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, pari
passu with the holders of common stock, out of the assets available for distribution to stockholders an amount equal to such amount per share as would have been payable had
all shares of Series C Preferred Stock been converted into common stock immediately before such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, without giving effect to any limitation
on conversion as a result of the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, as described above.

Series D Convertible Preferred Stock

Conversion Rights

Each  share  of  the  Series  D  Preferred  Stock  is  convertible  into  one  thousand  (1,000)  shares  of  common  stock,  provided  that  the  holder  will  be  prohibited  from
converting Series D Preferred Stock into shares of common stock if, as a result of such conversion, the holder would own more than 9.99% of the number of shares of common
stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock, or, at the election of a
holder, together with its affiliates, would own more than 9.99% of the number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of the
shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock. The conversion rate of the Series D Preferred Stock is subject to proportionate adjustments
for stock splits, reverse stock splits and similar events.

Dividend Rights

Shares  of  Series  C  Preferred  Stock  are  not  entitled  to  receive  any  dividends,  unless  and  until  specifically  declared  by  the  Board.  Series  D  Preferred  Stockholders
(“Series D Holders”) are entitled to receive, and the Company shall pay, dividends on shares of Series D Preferred Stock equal (on an as-if-converted-to-common-stock basis)
to and in the same form as dividends actually paid on shares of the common stock when, as and if such dividends are paid on shares of the common stock. No other dividends
shall be paid on shares of Series D Preferred Stock.

Voting Rights

Except as provided in the Series D Preferred Stock Certificate of Designation or as otherwise required by law, Series D Holders shall have no voting rights. However,
as  long  as  any  shares  of  Series  D  Preferred  Stock  are  outstanding,  the  Company  shall  not,  without  the  affirmative  vote  of  the  Series  D  Holders  of  a  majority  of  the  then
outstanding shares of the Series D Preferred Stock, (a) alter or change adversely the powers, preferences or rights given to the Series D Preferred Stock or alter or amend the
Series D Preferred Stock Certificate of Designation, (b) amend its certificate of incorporation or other charter documents in any manner that adversely affects any rights of the
Series D Holders, (c) increase the number of authorized shares of Series D Preferred Stock, or (d) enter into any agreement with respect to any of the foregoing.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liquidation Rights

Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the Series D Holders shall be entitled to receive out of the assets,
whether capital or surplus, of the Company the same amount that a holder of common stock would receive if the Series D Preferred Stock were fully converted (disregarding for
such  purpose  any  conversion  limitations  hereunder)  to  common  stock  which  amounts  shall  be  paid  pari  passu  with  all  holders  of  common  stock.  The  Company  shall  mail
written notice of any such liquidation, not less than 30 days prior to the payment date stated therein, to each Series D Holder.

Series E Convertible Preferred Stock

Conversion Rights

Each share of Series E Preferred Stock is convertible at any time and from time to time at the option of a holder of Series E Preferred Stock (a “Series E Holder”) into
one  share  of  our  common  stock,  provided  that  each  holder  is  prohibited  from  converting  Series  E  Preferred  Stock  into  shares  of  our  common  stock  if,  as  a  result  of  such
conversion, any such holder, together with its affiliates, would own more than 9.99% of the total number of shares of our common stock then issued and outstanding. This
limitation may be waived with respect to a holder upon such holder’s provision of not less than 61 days’ prior written notice to the Company. The conversion rate of the Series
E Preferred Stock is subject to proportionate adjustments for stock splits, reverse stock splits and similar events.

Dividend Rights

Shares of Series E Preferred Stock are not entitled to receive any dividends, unless and until specifically declared by the Board. However, Series E Holders are entitled
to receive dividends on shares of Series E Preferred Stock equal (on an as-if-converted-to-common-stock basis) to and in the same form as dividends actually paid on shares of
the common stock when such dividends are specifically declared by the Board. The Company is not obligated to redeem or repurchase any shares of Series E Preferred Stock.
Shares of Series E Preferred Stock are not otherwise entitled to any redemption rights, or mandatory sinking fund or analogous fund provisions.

Voting Rights

Each Series E Holder shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of our common stock equal to the voting ratio, which, for each share of
Series E Preferred Stock, is equal to $2.00 divided by $3.53. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights resulting from the above formula
(after aggregating all shares into which shares of Series E Preferred Stock held by each Series E Holder could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with
one-half being rounded upward).

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liquidation Rights

Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, each Series E Holder shall be entitled to receive the amount of cash,
securities or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive with respect to such shares of Series E Preferred Stock if such shares had been converted to our
common stock immediately prior to such liquidation.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law and Provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”). Section 203 generally prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging
in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder,
unless:

●

●

●

prior to  the  date  of  the  transaction,  the  board  of  directors  of  the  corporation  approved  either  the  business  combination  or  the transaction  which  resulted  in  the
stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of
determining the number of shares outstanding (i) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) shares owned by employee stock plans in
which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer;
or

on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders,
and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

●

●

●

●

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;

subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder; or

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation
and any entity or person affiliated with, or controlling, or controlled by, the entity or person. The term “owner” is broadly defined to include any person that, individually, with
or through that person’s affiliates or associates, among other things, beneficially owns the stock, or has the right to acquire the stock, whether or not the right is immediately
exercisable,  under  any  agreement  or  understanding  or  upon  the  exercise  of  warrants  or  options  or  otherwise  or  has  the  right  to  vote  the  stock  under  any  agreement  or
understanding, or has an agreement or understanding with the beneficial owner of the stock for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of the stock.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The restrictions in Section 203 do not apply to corporations that have elected, in the manner provided in Section 203, not to be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL or,
with certain exceptions, which do not have a class of voting stock that is listed on a national securities exchange or authorized for quotation on the Nasdaq Stock Market or held
of record by more than 2,000 stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws do not opt out of Section 203.

Section 203 could delay or prohibit mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts with respect to us and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire us

even though such a transaction may offer our stockholders the opportunity to sell their stock at a price above the prevailing market price.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws

The provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws may delay or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change in
our control or change in our management, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares, or transactions that our stockholders
might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our common stock. Among other things, our Certificate of
Incorporation and By-laws:

●

●

●

●

●

●

permit our  board  of  directors  to  issue  up  to  11,000,000  shares  of  preferred  stock,  without  further  action  by  the  stockholders,  with any  rights,  preferences  and
privileges as they may designate, including the right to approve an acquisition or other change in control;

provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of a majority of the total number of authorized directors whether or not there
exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships (the “Whole Board”);

provide  that  all vacancies,  including  newly  created  directorships,  may,  except  as  otherwise  required  by  law,  be  filled  by  the  affirmative  vote  of  a  majority  of
directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

do not provide for cumulative voting rights (therefore allowing the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to
elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose);

provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board; and

set forth an advance notice procedure with regard to the nomination, other than by or at the direction of our Board, of candidates for election as directors and with
regard to business to be brought before a meeting of stockholders.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM’S CONSENT

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement of NanoVibronix, Inc. on Form S-3 (File Nos. 333-229106 and 333-236000) and Form S-8 (File No.
333-205577) of our report, which includes an explanatory paragraph as to the company’s ability to continue as a going concern, dated May 20, 2020, with respect to our audit of
the  consolidated  financial  statements  of  NanoVibronix,  Inc.  as  of  December  31,  2019  and  2018  and  for  each  of  the  two  years  ended  December  31,  2019,  which  report  is
included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of NanoVibronix, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Exhibit 23.1

/s/ Marcum llp
Marcum llp
New York, NY
May 20, 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a)

I, Brian Murphy, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of NanoVibronix, Inc. (the “registrant”);

EXHIBIT 31.1

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in

light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition,

results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and  procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-

15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in
which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our  conclusions about  the  effectiveness  of  the

disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s  most recent fiscal quarter (the
registrant’s  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  registrant’s  internal
control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors

and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely

affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial

reporting.

Date: May 20, 2020

/s/ Brian Murphy

By:
Name: Brian Murphy
Title:

Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a)

EXHIBIT 31.2

I, James Cardwell, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of NanoVibronix, Inc. (the “registrant”);

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in

light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition,

results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and  procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-

15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in
which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our  conclusions about  the  effectiveness  of  the

disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s  most recent fiscal quarter (the
registrant’s  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  registrant’s  internal
control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors

and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely

affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial

reporting.

Date: May 20, 2020

By:
Name:
Title:

/s/ James Cardwell
James Cardwell
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION FURNISHED PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 32.1

This certification is furnished solely pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. 1350) and accompanies the Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Form
10-K”) for the year ended December 31, 2019 of NanoVibronix, Inc. (the “Company”). I, Brian Murphy, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify that, based on my
knowledge:

(1) The Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of and for the periods

covered in this report.

Date: May 20, 2020

/s/ Brian Murphy

By:
Name: Brian Murphy
Title:

Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

The foregoing certification is being furnished as an exhibit to the Form 10-K pursuant to Item 601(b)(32) of Regulation S-K and Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
(subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code) and, accordingly, is not being filed as part of the Form 10-K for purposes of Section 18 of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless
of any general incorporation language in such filing.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION FURNISHED PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 32.2

This certification is furnished solely pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. 1350) and accompanies the Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Form
10-K”) for the year ended December 31, 2019 of NanoVibronix, Inc. (the “Company”). I, James Cardwell, the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify that, based on
my knowledge:

(1) The Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of and for the

periods covered in this report.

Date: May 20, 2020

By:
Name:
Title:

/s/ James Cardwell
James Cardwell
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

The foregoing certification is being furnished as an exhibit to the Form 10-K pursuant to Item 601(b)(32) of Regulation S-K and Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
(subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code) and, accordingly, is not being filed as part of the Form 10-K for purposes of Section 18 of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless
of any general incorporation language in such filing.